Top Banner
Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015
188

Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Aug 14, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015

Vol. 40, N

o. 1, April 2015

CONTENTS

Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015

Articles

Can a Buy Local Campaign Save Barbados’ Manufacturing Industry ? Considering Dependency and Post-Colonial Consumption Theories

Joseann Knight

Public Policy Theory and Field Explorations in the Caribbean:Extending Critique of the State-of-the-Art

Don Marshall

Supporting the Growth of Service Exports in the CaribbeanWinston Moore and Justin Carter

Sexual Citizenship and Conservative Christian Mobilisation in JamaicaLatoya Lazarus

Public Policy Lecture

Marginal or Mainstream? What Can Out-of-School Youth in Haiti Teach us about Development Policies?

Diane M. Hoffman

Book Review

The Gairy Movement: A History of Grenada, 1947-1997Wendy C. Grenade

Commentary

Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from DeclineWilliam Lawrence

Contributors

Call for Papers – JECS

Page 2: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Information for Contributors

Presentation

Most articles submitted for publication should be less than 9000 words, with an abstract of no more than 100 words, setting out the main concerns and findings along with key words of the article. Authors should submit:

a. Two copies of manuscripts including references, with double-spaced typing on one side of each page only; andb. Brief biographical notes with full name and associated organisation, on a separate pagec. A copy of the article electronically in Microsoft Word.

It is assumed that authors will keep a copy of their paper. Address all communications and manuscript submissions to: The Managing Editor, Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies, Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BARBADOS. The telephone number is (246) 417-4478, the fax number is (246) 424-7291 and the email address is [email protected]. Upon acceptance of an article for publication contributors should again submit a copy electronically in Microsoft Word when all final alterations have been made from referees report.

Copyright

Contributors are reminded that the articles are accepted with the understanding that they do not in any way infringe on any existing copyright, and further, that the contributor or contributors will indemnify the publisher regarding any such breach. By submitting their manuscript, the authors agree that the exclusive rights to reproduce and distribute their articles have been given to the Publishers, including reprints, photographic reproductions, microfilm or any other similar reproductions.

Refereeing of Articles

All articles submitted to the Journal will be anonymously reviewed to determine their suitability for publication.The final decision regarding publication rests with the Editorial Committee. Unaccepted articles will not bereturned.

REFERENCES

References to other publications should be cited thus:a. References to articles:

Author’s name (last name followed by initials or first names); the year of publication in brackets; the title of the article (in single quotation marks); the name of the publication (in italics); volume number; issue number (in brackets) followed by a colon; then the page numbers. For an article in a newspaper:The name of the newspaper; the year (in brackets); the title of the article (in single quotation marks); the day and month (in brackets) followed by a colon; then the page number (s).

b. References to books, monographs or reports:Author’s name (last name followed by initials or first names); the year of publication in brackets; the titleof the book (in italics); place of publication (followed by a colon); name of publisher; page numbers ifappropriate.

Please do not abbreviate the titles of journals and the names of publishers.

CHARTS, DIAGRAMS, FIGURES AND TABLES

We prefer essays that can incorporate empirical findings in the overall discussion, rather than an excessive reliance on graphs, tables or appendices. If necessary, we would wish that these be kept to a minimum and be submitted on separate sheets of paper. Please be reminded however of the difficulties associated with reproducing such for our readership.

The Editorial staff reserves the right to make any corrections or alterations considered necessary. Authors willreceive two complimentary copies of the Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies.

Editorial Staff

Editor Dr. Don MarshallEditorial Assistant Mr. Jamal SmithPublications Secretary Ms. Jacqueline Thompson

Editorial Advisory Board

Prof. Sir Hilary Beckles Vice Chancellor, UWI, Regional Headquarters, Mona, Jamaica Prof. Jacqueline Braveboy-Wagner City College of New York, USA Prof. Simon Jones-Hendrickson University of the Virgin Islands, St. Thomas, USVI Prof. Andy Knight Director, UWI, Institute of International Relations, St. Augustine Campus, Trinidad & TobagoProf. Rhoda Reddock Deputy Principal, UWI, St. Augustine Campus, Trinidad & Tobago Dr. Delisle Worrell Governor, Central Bank of Barbados

Editorial Committee

Prof. Eudine Barriteau Principal, Pro Vice Chancellor, UWI Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosProf. Nlandu Mamingi Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosProf. Winston Moore Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosMs. Cynthia Barrow-Giles Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosProf. Curwen Best Faculty of Humanities and Education, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosMiss Beverley Hinds Librarian, SALISES, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosDr. Sherma Roberts Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosDr. Halimah Deshong Institute for Gender and Development Studies, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosDr. Yanique Hume Faculty of Humanities and Education, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, Barbados

The Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies (JECS) is the leading social science journal covering theEastern Caribbean area. It is published tri-annually by the Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus, in April, August and December. Established in 1975 as the Bulletin of Eastern Caribbean Affairs, it was upgraded to a full peer review academic journal from Volume 22, 1997. The JECS is concerned with scholarly and methodological inquiriesinto the political, social, economical, business and environmental challenges of the Eastern Caribbean and small states.

Air Mail by special arrangement

All enquiries should be directed to Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies, Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, University of the West Indies, P.O. Box 64, Bridgetown, Barbados: Tel: (246) 417-4478 Fax (246) 424-7291: Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.cavehill.uwi.edu/salises.

Cover design by Joy Maynard.

© 2015 All rights reserved.Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, Barbados

ISSN: 1028-8813

Subscription Rates are: Barbados BDS$115.00 rep volume BDS$29.00 per issueCaribbean US$82.00 rep volume US$21.00 per issueInternational rep volume US$27.00 per issueUS$105.00

Page 3: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

CONTENTS

Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015

Articles Page

Can a Buy Local Campaign Save Barbados’ Manufacturing Industry? Considering Dependency and Post-Colonial Consumption Theories ..........1 Joseann Knight

Public Policy Theory and Field Explorations in the Caribbean: Extending Critique of the State-of-the-Art.................................................38 Don Marshall

Supporting the Growth of Service Exports in the Caribbean......................81 Winston Moore and Justin Carter

Sexual Citizenship and Conservative Christian Mobilisation in Jamaica..................................................................................................109 Latoya Lazarus

Public Policy Lecture

Marginal or Mainstream? What Can Out-of-School Youth in Haiti Teach us about Development Policies?............................................141 Diane M. Hoffman

Book Review

The Gairy Movement: A History of Grenada, 1947-1997........................159 Wendy C. Grenade

Commentary

Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline....................165 William Lawrence

Contributors 179

Call for Papers – JECS 181

Page 4: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.
Page 5: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Vol. 40, No. 1, Apr 2015 pp. 1-37

Can a Buy Local Campaign Save Barbados’ Manufacturing Industry?

Considering Dependency and Post-Colonial Consumption Theories

Joseann KnightDepartment of Management Studies,

The University of the West Indies, BARBADOS

Abstract

In 2002, the government and manufacturers of Barbados came together to mount a buy local campaign in an effort to mitigate the potentially deleterious effects of trade liberalisation. Referred to as ‘the Buy Bajan’ initiative, this campaign is now in its thirteenth year of existence. This paper examines the response to the ‘Buy Bajan’ message through the lens of dependency theory and post-colonial theory. It demonstrates that despite the identity struggle experienced as a consequence of three hundred years of colonial domination, the people of Barbados have developed a semblance of collective identity which could drive nationalistic consumer behaviour. This paper makes practical suggestions for strengthening the buy local message in light of the increasingly formidable presence of foreign multinational brands on Barbadian retail shelves.

Key words: Buy Local Campaign, Dependency Theory, consumer behaviour, trade liberalisation

Copyright © Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, (Cave Hill), 2015

Page 6: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

2 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Introduction

By the year 2000, the manufacturing industry in Barbados was feeling the full effect of trade liberalisation, whilst still grappling with the consequences of three hundred years of colonial rule by Britain (Barclay, 2005; Brathwaite, 2009). Confronted with the seemingly imminent death of the industry, the government and manufacturers of the small developing microstate moved in 2002 to mount a buy local campaign. Despite external opposition, the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign is still being run today, some thirteen years later.

This paper examines the rationale, message and impact of the campaign through the lens of dependency theory and post-colonial consumption theory (Beckford, 1972; Williams, 1948; Frank, 1967; Said, 1993; Young, 2001; Escobar, 2004; Cova, 1997; Elliott, 1997). It seeks to determine whether a post-colonial people, though steeped in the norm of choosing the brands of foreign multinationals, would respond to the campaign’s message, and help to rescue local manufacturing.

The study makes three contributions to the international business and marketing literature. It answers the call to document the resistance strategies of lesser developed country manufacturers and consumers to the onslaught of globalisation and trade liberalisation (Banerjee and Prasad, 2008). By applying dependency theory and post-colonial theory to the consumer behaviour context, the paper follows the recent research tradition of interrogating the dominance of the modernist approach over the disciplines of management, marketing and international business (Westwood and Jack, 2007; Long and Mills, 2008). Finally, the article advances a novel theoretical framework which it refers to as ‘post-colonial consumption theory’ (PCCT) in an effort to conceptualise a deliberate resistance by consumers residing at the margin to the relentless branding strategies of multinational corporations occupying the core. After a brief characterisation of the state of manufacturing in Barbados, a synopsis of the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign is provided. The essay then presents and rationalises the application of dependency theory and PCCT to the

1‘Bajan’ is a shortened form of Barbadian. Both words mean ‘native of Barbados’.

Page 7: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

3Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

characterisation of manufacturing and consumer buying behaviour in modern day Barbados. This sets the stage for the framing of research questions in the context of both theoretical frameworks. A methodological section is then presented, followed by a discussion of the research findings. The study concludes with recommendations on the way forward.

Manufacturing in Barbados

From 1627 until the granting of Independence from Britain in 1966, Barbados was classified as a ‘pure plantation economy’, with a singular focus on the production and export of sugar to its coloniser (Beckford, 1972). The export of sugar in a low value added, unbranded state for most of its modern history meant that Barbados had failed to develop its manufacturing, technological and marketing expertise prior to the advent of Independence (Hubbell, 2008; Knight, 2013).

In an effort to diversify the Barbadian economy, the post-Independence political directorate developed concessions to attract investment from First World industrial firms in an initiative which came to be known as industrialisation by invitation (Madeley, 1999). This initiative, along with indigenous investment activity (for example that of the Goddards Group of Companies) allowed Barbados to diversify into the production of chemicals, garments, electrical components, processed foods, beverages, and tobacco, whilst maintaining its traditional focus on the export of sugar and rum (CIA World Factbook, 2012; Francis, Iyare and Lorde, 2005; Connell and Soutar, 2007).

Up until this present time however, manufacturing has never succeeded in becoming a mainstay of the Barbadian economy, and its importance continues to decline (Connell and Soutar, 2007). In fact, manufacturing now contributes only 5% of GDP as compared to approximately 9% in 1990 (Central Bank of Barbados Economic Review, 2012). The industry is encumbered by many challenges including high wages, high overhead costs, high raw material costs and almost overwhelming competition from foreign brands, made more accessible to Barbadian consumers as a consequence of the global trade liberalisation initiative (Barbados National Strategic Plan, 2005; Marshall, 2002).

Page 8: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

4 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

The Buy Bajan Campaign - Genesis, Opposition and Development

Buy local campaigns are designed to engender nationalistic buying (Schiffman and Kanuk, 2010). In 2002, the Buy Bajan campaign was established on a national scale with advertisements carried on local television and radio. The campaign message emphasised the ‘quality of Barbadian manufactures, the pride and dedication with which goods are made and the contribution of local manufacturing operations to employment in the country’ (Barbados Private Sector Team, 2003:3). A 100% Bajan logo (Appendix II) was featured in advertisements and on the packaging of local brands. Product sampling was also conducted in supermarkets. By 2006, the Barbados Manufacturers Association (BMA) indicated that there had been a small growth in manufacturing since the introduction of the campaign. However, the true impact of the campaign could not be ascertained since its introduction was accompanied by several fiscal measures to boost local manufacturing. These included the removal of all taxes and duties on inputs and the introduction of a temporary surtax on imported foods where there were local alternatives (Report on the Barbados Manufacturers Forum, 2003).

The campaign slogan was changed in 2007 from ‘100% Bajan’ to ‘Bajan Fuh Real’ (Appendix II) to address concerns raised about its claim that goods were Barbadian-made even though many of the inputs were imported. This new theme was also expected to better resonate with the island’s youth (Daily Nation, 2007 ‘100% Over’)

In 2009, after the advent of the global economic recession, the message became more militant and encouraged the populace to make buying decisions which protected the local economy (see Appendix III). In the last two years the campaign has joined forces with the organisers of the workers’ rights May Day march to encourage Barbados to see nationalistic consumer behaviour as a cause demanding active participation.

Campaign Opposition and Change of Ownership

At a 2008 World Trade Organisation (WTO) meeting, the Colombian contingent raised an objection to the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign on the grounds that it was ‘anti-competitive’ and in violation of Article III of the General Agreement of Trade and Tariffs (GATT). The Government of Barbados was asked to indicate how soon the campaign would be brought into alignment with

Page 9: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

5Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

WTO regulations. In light of this opposition, the Government of Barbados immediately moved to transfer 100% ownership to the BMA – a non-governmental organisation, to avoid further accusation of contravention.

The pressure placed on small developing nations to remove their protectionist policies comes into question when the actions of advanced nations such as the United States are examined. Although a chief proponent of global trade liberalisation, the United States continues to insist on preferential treatment when national interests are threatened. In the February (2009) following the WTO interrogation of the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign, the United States government instituted a ‘Buy American’ stipulation mandating that federal construction projects had to use local inputs where available (Sappideen and He, 2010).

Dependency Theory – Definition, Critique and Suitability

Dependency theory has a long and contentious history (Ghosh, 2001). Economic dependency may be defined as a form of unequal international relationship between two sets of countries, where one set consists of the capitalist metropolitan centre and the other of those countries at the periphery (Billet, 1993; Ghosh, 2001; Kohi, 2009). In the context of Barbados and the countries of the English-speaking Caribbean, the economic dependency framework considers how a three hundred year history of British colonial rule and plantation-based commodity production enforced a cycle of economic and technological underdevelopment in these post-colonial states (Beckford, 1972; Williams, 1944).

During that entire time, Barbados and its Caribbean neighbours were locked into a cycle of exporting low value added commodities such as sugar and bananas to Britain, whilst importing practically every other consumer good from the metropol. Beckford (1972) notes that even the food eaten and clothes worn by the slaves on sugar plantations were imported. Williams (1944) makes the case that the Industrial Revolution in Britain was funded by the proceeds of the sale of sugar from its Caribbean colonies, especially during the era of slavery. In essence, the colonial power Britain was able to develop its productive, technological and marketing expertise at the expense of its colonies.

Page 10: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

6 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Some critics of dependency theory often point to the South East Asian Tigers and query why they were able to achieve economic growth comparable with some of the more advanced nations and to develop globally competitive manufacturing sectors though subject to colonial domination by Japan for some portion of their history. However, a closer look at this colonial relationship shows that Japan adopted a policy of sharing technologies and processes with their colonies which enhanced rather than undermined their competitiveness (Young, 2001). Not only is there no record of Britain passing down its technologies to its colonies as its own industrialisation process proceeded; it is quite safe to argue that the system of plantation economy established by Britain in its Caribbean outposts was the most restrictive form of economic and social control of any of the colonial relationships in modern history and placed a virtual stranglehold on any enterprise outside of the sugar plantation, unless it was specifically geared to ensure that the plantation ran smoothly (Beckford, 1972; Best and Levitt, 2009).

It can be argued that the coming of Independence and the introduction of the industrialisation-by-invitation initiative brought neo-colonialism to Barbados and its neighbours (Demas, 2005). Madeley (1999) and Mandle (1989) report that the invited multinational corporations refused to conduct local research and development, engaged in transfer pricing and in the repatriation of profits to fund technological development at home. More importantly they adopted the neo-colonialist orientation of only sharing those technologies that demanded the use of unskilled or semi-skilled labour. Kreye, Heinrichs and Frobel (1987) noted that the skills gained by Barbadian (and other Caribbean) workers were of little benefit outside the so called Export Processing Zones. In the final analysis, this seemingly proactive measure on the part of Caribbean governments did little to propel the development of local manufacturing, technological and marketing expertise.

Scholars writing from a neo-structuralist perspective (Conning and Robinson, 2009; Firebaugh, 1996; Tures, 1998), question whether internal and institutional factors more so than the history of colonial domination were responsible for persistent underdevelopment in the Caribbean (Block, 1980; Marshall, 1996, 2002; Tures, 1998). Marshall (1996) indicates that rather than taking advantage of the access to Northern Hemispheric markets and the funding provided by international lending agencies to bolster entrepreneurship in the period immediately after Independence, Caribbean state officials conceded to industrialisation- by-invitation.

Page 11: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

7Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

However, a key question at this juncture would be - what would have caused the state officials in the former colonies to do this? Demas (2005, 101) notes ‘the first weakness is a lack of confidence among some of the political directorate… they lack confidence in themselves and they genuinely believe themselves incapable of playing a vanguard role in the economic development of the region’. Young (2001: 67) gives insight in his suggestion that ‘the colonial condition did not disappear after the end of formal direct rules, rather the effects of colonialism continued to reverberate in profound cultural and material ways’. Clearly, the theory of economic dependency retains its relevance when it is accepted that its intensity ensured a lasting impact on the society and psyche of the post-colonial peoples.

It is also important to note that Independence, when it was eventually granted, may have been too late in coming. Demas (2005) proposes that the Caribbean simply had too little time to institute measures to protect and grow infant industry. By the mid-1980s, the nations of the Caribbean were already being asked to remove tariff and non-tariff barriers and to adopt the Northern hemispheric free market capitalism model.

The test of the applicability of dependency theory is whether it is still relevant to the discussion of economy and manufacturing in the context of Barbados. Undoubtedly, Barbadian manufacturing is still weak and undiversified (Central Bank of Barbados Economic Review, 2012). The product list includes processed foods, clothing, rum, sugar, chemical products and tobacco, all of which are produced with relatively basic technological processes. As indicated previously, costs of production are high and diseconomies of scale are a natural result of the smallness of the local market (Barclay, 2005; Brathwaite, 2009).

Several scholars (Marshall, 1996; Punnett and Morrison, 2006) have recommended that Barbados pursue high-end manufacturing in light of its prohibitive cost structures, however this route demands marketing expertise in brand building, positioning and promotion. Brand image or quality can also be sources of competitive advantage, and allow for the charging of higher prices to cover higher production costs (Solomon, 2009; Kotler and Armstrong, 2011). However, the structuring of plantation economy around the wholesale importation of branded consumer goods meant that for most of their history, the peoples of the English speaking Caribbean were kept out of the realm and demands of marketing and brand building. Marketing

Page 12: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

8 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

activity was restricted to the retail of imported brands and the execution of promotion campaigns devised elsewhere (Mandle, 1989). Today, most Barbadian manufacturers are still trailing the industrialised world with respect to their design, packaging and labelling technologies, making it more difficult for indigenous producers to compete at home and in the global marketplace (Hubbell, 2008).

The Neo-Colonialist Influence on Barbadian Manufacturing

More needs to be said about the effect of neo-colonialism on the current state of manufacturing in Barbados. Escobar (2004) speaks of US ‘imperial globality’. In his estimation US domination is not simply limited to military conquest, but to the imposition of the capitalist notion of free markets, through its strong influence on institutions that oversee the global financial, economic and governance systems. Up until the objection to the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign in 2008, Barbados was lauded for its compliance with the free trade agenda. Furthermore, in a forty-five country study conducted by the WTO, this small state was said to be ‘at the forefront of policy development’. The report went on to say ‘in 1997, Barbados adopted the Value Added Tax to reduce dependence on tariffs and better position itself for trade negotiations. This is an iconic adjustment for a small island economy interested in the benefits of reduced tariff levels’ (Schmid, 2005:64).

However this very compliance with the trade liberalisation agenda seems to complicate the position of its already weak manufacturing industry. LaCorbiniere and Belgrave (2011) note that the manufacturing sector in Barbados has moved from contributing 12% to nominal GDP in the 1980s to less than 6% during 2000-2010. They link the decline in manufacturing output directly to imports becoming less expensive as a consequence of the trade liberalisation effort and the high production costs faced by local manufacturers due in significant part to a complex mix of historical, size and resource related challenges.

With each successive year, Barbados continues to become more import-dependent despite policy makers’ efforts to curb import demand (Moore and Walkes, 2008; Francis, Iyare and Lorde, 2005). Statistics for Barbados for the year 2011 (latest available) indicate US$ 1.601 billion spent on imports of consumer items as compared to $468 million in exports (CIA World Factbook – Barbados, 2012).

Page 13: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

9Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

There is also insufficient attention to the neo-colonialist pre-emptive strategy used by US and European multinationals of shifting manufacturing operations in countries where governments are willing to allow foreign direct investors the luxury of paying low wages. Often multinational corporations (MNCs) offer to fund social programs within their host countries which are a fraction of what their wage bill would be in their countries of origin (Powell and Skarbek, 2004). Monshipouri, Welch and Kennedy (2003) go as far as to refer to this ‘wages strategy’ as a direct contravention of human rights. Barbados, in contrast, has an established collective bargaining process which has worked to elevate wages and living conditions above those experienced by workers in other emerging and developing economies (Henry, Butcher, Browne, Hinds and Jayawardena, 2004;Wigglesworth, 2013). An assessment by Wong (2013) indicates that the minimum wage in Barbados is US $3.13 per hour as compared to US $1.48 for Thailand, US $0.69 for the Philippines and US $0.67 for China. These three countries were selected since they are typical factory sites for US multinational enterprises.

Neo-Colonialism, Cultural Dependency and the ‘Buy Bajan’ Campaign

The neo-colonialist influence over the culture, consumption patterns, lifestyles and value systems of post-colonial peoples is also especially relevant and has been the concern of scholars writing on the phenomenon of cultural imperialism or cultural dependency (Naipaul, 1962, 1969; McPhail, 1987; Boyd-Barrett, 1977). Cultural imperialism is ‘the verifiable process of social influence which a nation imposes on other countries its set of beliefs, values, knowledge and behavioural norms, as well as its overall style of life’ (Beltran, 1978: 184). Theorists such as Schiller (1991) and Rantanen (2005) argue that multinational corporations, primarily those domiciled in the United States, utilise the mass media to affect a global consumer society which clamours for the branded goods featured in American films, soap operas and advertisements. In essence, economic and cultural spheres have been deliberately intertwined. Though the findings on cultural imperialism have been mixed, the limited studies conducted in the Caribbean indicate that the influence of US media and cultural values is real. In 1994, Ware and Dupagne undertook a meta-analysis of cultural dependency studies to address the inconsistencies in the findings. These studies did reveal that exposure to North American television programming does influence cultural values as well as enhance the prestige and preference given to US made brands particularly in developing countries. Especially important to note were the

Page 14: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

10 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

findings for Trinidad and Tobago, the lone Caribbean nation included in the study. Trinidad had the largest effect size of the fifteen nations studied. This finding would have been no surprise to Caribbean scholars such as VS Naipaul (1962, 1969) since he had long proposed that the people of the English speaking Caribbean (including Barbadians) have ‘a constant alertness, a willingness to change, a readiness to accept anything which films, magazines and comic strips indicate as American’ (Naipaul, 1962: 46).

The dominance of the US televisual culture in present day Barbados is also undeniable. About 92% of the programming on Barbados’ lone public television station (CBC) is imported, primarily from the USA (Gooch, 1995). Foreign, rather than local brands are advertised on CBC since local producers often lack the resources to do so on television (Kevin Thompson, Account Manager, Soje/Lonsdale Advertising, personal communication April 1, 2010). More importantly, access to cable television, where no local brands are advertised, is becoming the norm for Barbadians. In 2010, it was estimated that about 50% of Barbadian households had access to cable television programming through legal and/or illegal providers (Ms. Owana Skeete, Administrator, Direct TV, personal communication April, 2, 2010).

When the current state of the Barbadian manufacturing industry and the dominance of foreign television programming are considered from the dependency perspective, the central question of this article comes into focus. Can exposure to a buy local campaign positively impact on the attitudes and behaviour of a post-colonial people, with an established history of attributing value to the physical and cultural artefacts of their (neo) colonisers over their own? If what this paper refers to as post-colonial consumption has been awakened in the people at the margin, then yes – such a campaign can be a catalyst for nationalistic buying behaviour. The article now turns to advancing the theory of post-colonial consumption (PCCT).

Post-Colonial Consumption Theory

Post-modern consumption theory speaks to a resistance element in consumption activity (Cova, 1997; Ger and Belk, 1996). Firat and Venkatesh (1995) propose that the post-modern consumer seeks to maintain his identity though pressed by overwhelming market forces. Cova (1997: 300) advances that the 21st century will see the rise of ‘communistas’ or tribes of consumers

Page 15: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

11Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

held together by ‘ shared emotions, styles of life, new moral beliefs, senses of injustice and consumption practices’.

Post-colonialism is a body of resources used to critically examine the imbalances and effects of all guises of colonialism (Westwood and Jack, 2007). What the paper refers to as post-colonial consumption theory (PCCT) is a juxtaposition of post-modern consumption theory on post- colonial theory and can be defined as resistance to colonialist and neo-colonialist domination through consumption activity. Fundamental to the conceptualisation of PCCT is the assumption a change in the power relationship between the margin and (neo)-coloniser through the development of a collectivist ideology on the part of the post-colonial people.

If PCCT is used as the lens, the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign would be viewed as a specific resistance measure instituted by the government and manufacturers of Barbados to engender a similar militancy in Barbadian consumers, even if they find themselves having to make a financial sacrifice to support local industry.

It is important to note that though PCCT and dependency theory share ‘a suspicion of Western liberal modernity, a historical-global analysis and a critical politics’ (Kapoor, 2002:647) they would sit on parallel philosophical planes with respect to the potential impact of the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign.

Post-colonialists often criticise dependency theory for overemphasising the economic dominance of the imperial power with no regard for strategies of resistance employed by the peoples of the periphery (Munck and O’Hearn, 1999). Post-colonial theory on the other hand adopts the specific task of highlighting the resistances and triumphs of periphery peoples to colonial domination (Ashcroft, Griffiths and Tiffin, 1989).

Whereas dependency theory might assume that Barbadian consumers would prioritise the price competitiveness, quality and prestige of the multinational brands, PCCT would presuppose that increasing exposure to the buy local message would create within consumers a spirit of community and/or an active resistance to the forces compromising the survival of the Barbadian manufacturing industry.

Page 16: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

12 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Following these assumptions, several research hypotheses were derived under the dependency framework, with competing hypotheses from the PCCT framework. The competing hypotheses will be given in tabular form for the sake of simplicity at Table 1.

Page 17: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

13Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

Measurement and Methodology The hypotheses presented in Table 1 speak to three main constructs. These are (a) exposure to cable television programming (b) ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign exposure and (c) a moral obligation or willingness to buy local. The last of these is captured by a construct referred to in contemporary marketing literature as ‘consumer ethnocentric tendency’ (CET). Measured using the shortened (10 item) version of the CETSCALE (given at Appendix I) CET is defined as the choice of local brands out of a moral obligation to protect the livelihood of one’s countrymen (Shimp and Sharma, 1987). High CET individuals are willing to choose local options, regardless of price and quality differentials between domestic goods and foreign goods (Erdogan, Zafer and Uzkurt, 2010; Shankarmahesh, 2006). Studies have also shown CET to play an important role in shaping consumers’ responses to global and local brands (Alden, Steenkamp, and Batra, 2006; Balabanis and Diamantopoulos, 2004; Crane, 2002; Erdogan et al., 2010; Josiassen, 2011).

The author is well aware of the negative connotations which the terms ‘ethnocentrism’ and ‘ethnocentric’ summon for critical scholars working in the Caribbean and Latin America. However the construct of CET was adopted for the study to be consistent with current research in marketing and consumer behaviour. Post-colonial theorists (Sheller, 2000; Said, 1995; Fanon, 1952) have highlighted the political and ethical incorrectness of ethnocentrism and pointed out that it gave legitimacy to the system of slavery. It is viewed as a Eurocentric concept which has been imposed on the people of the South (Sidekum, 2006).

The uncritical approach which international marketing literature has taken to use of the term ‘consumer ethnocentric tendency’ is indicative of ‘the exclusion of other locations of critique and forms of knowledge’ by contemporary marketing and international business literature (Westwood, 2006: 92), and gives additional support to the need to have the horizons of these disciplines broadened (Prasad, 2003) to include theoretical resources such as those which govern this paper. The Survey Instrument

The latent constructs in the study were drawn as far as possible from scales that have been previously validated in the literature. Both the original 17

Page 18: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

14 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

item CETSCALE and the shortened 10 item version have consistently exhibited high levels of validity and reliability (Jiménez and San Martin, 2010; Balabanis and Diamantopoulos, 2004; Alden, Steenkamp, and Batra, 2006; Crane, 2002; Erdogan et al., 2010; Josiassen, 2010). For this study, a satisfactory alpha coefficient of 0.84 was obtained for the shortened version (Nunnally, 1967). A single item was used to measure whether buying local would be as important as getting a good price or good quality. Though single-item scales are generally not as reliable as multiple-item scales, they often prove equally valid when constructs are conceptually singular in the minds of respondents (Bergvist and Rossiter, 2007) as is the decision to forego buying local to secure a better quality or price. The questionnaire contained several items to facilitate self-reporting of exposure to the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign, and these items were summed to give an overall exposure score. Respondents were also required to indicate how many hours were spent watching cable television each day, in an effort to measure their exposure to foreign media programming. It is true that the length of exposure to foreign programming will be understated only if cable television exposure is measured. Nevertheless, it is cable television, rather than CBC, the lone public television station in Barbados, which allows viewers to completely immerse themselves in the American style of life and consumption patterns, since no local (Barbadian) programmes or brands are showcased.

The notion that exposure to television viewing can impact on the values, attitudes and lifestyles of viewers is lodged in the social theory known as cultivation theory (Albertson and Lawrence 2009). Cultivation theory assumes that viewers are passive agents, and when ‘substantial viewing time is devoted to programs from another culture; mass communication effects become even more salient’ (Zhang and Harwood, 2002: 245).

Although the present study focuses singularly on foreign media programming and advertising, future research must be extended to include the newer and increasingly powerful sources of social and marketing communication and education (Shirazi, 2013; Yang and Lin, 2014). Referred to as social media tools, internet sites such as Facebook and Youtube allow users to share experiences, attitudes and opinions in real time. The ability to interact with other web users and to share’s one’s life are two of the driving forces behind the increasing incorporation of social media into the lives of persons across

Page 19: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

15Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

the globe. Indeed, approximately one out of every seven persons on planet Earth has a Facebook account (Kiss, 2014). More importantly, social media, like television, provides a mechanism for communicating and for shaping social values and norms (Shirazi, 2013).

Sampling and Data Collection Procedures

The use of a representative sampling procedure was necessary since the study sought to inform policy at the national level. Statistics from the Barbados Population Census (2000) provided a platform for the development of a quasi-stratified random sample. Stratification was deemed necessary since CET and nationalistic buying were found in previous studies to be correlated with demographic variables such as age, gender, education level and income (Balabani, Diamantopoulos, Mueller and Melewar, 2001; Herche 1992, 1994).

Census data collected in Barbados provides no income classifications, as is typical in most countries of the world. Researchers are therefore required to make reasonable approximations and assumptions when seeking to stratify the populace on the basis of income. To overcome this limitation, the decision was taken to infer income levels from the names of neighbourhoods in which persons lived. Barbados has developed a history of nomenclature to eyeball lower, middle and upper income neighbourhoods. Typically, the word ‘tenantry’ or road denotes lower income neighbourhoods. ‘Terrace’ and ‘gardens’ denote middle income neighbourhoods, and ‘heights’ or ‘ridge’ denote upper income neighbourhoods. Sampling within these neighbourhoods in proportion to the estimated population percentage for each income strata would provide a mechanism, albeit unsophisticated, for capturing the distributions of income and education level in the general population.

The Barbados Census 2000 Report (the most recent at the time of data collection) provided information on dwelling types and access to telephone service and internet within households. The use of access to the internet as a marker for being ‘upper income’ was deemed reasonable, given that the cost of this facility was still relatively prohibitive in 2000. At this time there were 83,026 households in Barbados of which 11,828 had internet access.

Page 20: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

16 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Concrete block houses are usually built by persons with higher levels of income, or wood and concrete by those with lower incomes, given the high cost of the concrete dwellings. The Census indicated that 36,819 households were made wholly of concrete. The assumption was made that 11,828 (those with internet access) of these could be considered upper income households and the remainder upper middle income. Houses of wood and concrete were considered lower middle income, and houses made of wood only were assumed to be lower income. Based on these assumptions, it was determined that approximately 53% of households in Barbados could be considered lower and/or upper middle income; 33% could be assumed to be lower income and 14% upper income.

The second tier of stratification sought to incorporate Census 2000 data at the individual level, with respect to age and gender. The buying population was assumed to range from age 18-80 as persons from this age range tend to have a greater percentage of their purchasing decisions made or influenced by others. In 2000, there were approximately 158,753 persons between the ages of 18 and 80 in Barbados of Barbadian birth (Census 2000 Report). The population in 2000 reflected an almost equal split between males and females, with the largest numbers in the age groups of 25-34 and 35-44 (Census 2000 Report). Census data provided population percentages according to age and gender, which were then utilised to stratify the sample across the three income categories.

A respondent selection guide was then developed to ensure that interviewers chose respondents according to specific neighbourhood, age and gender parameters until the quotas developed with guidance from the Census 2000 report were met. Though this Census information was quite dated by the time of the data collection, it provided a reasonable enough estimate of population distributions to achieve a quasi- stratified random sample.

Before entering the field, each interviewer was given a quota sheet which stipulated the gender and age range of the respondents that they were required to interview in the agreed-upon neighbourhood. Interviewers were instructed to select the first house and then every two houses until the questionnaires were completed. It may be argued that some bias was introduced in the choice of the first house, because no randomisation procedure was used for this task. However, the researcher could envisage no relationship between the methods by which twenty-one (21) interviewers, working solely, in separate

Page 21: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

17Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

neighbourhoods, would choose their first house. More importantly, the use of a randomisation procedure to select houses across the island would have demanded significant resources to develop the sample frame. Much time would also have been dedicated to locating the houses identified.

On arriving at the house, the interviewer would seek to find a respondent who matched one of the descriptions on the quota sheet. The questionnaires were self-administered, typically in the presence of the interviewer; self-administered questionnaires have been utilised in a number of CET studies (Balabanis and Diamantopoulos, 2004; Papadopoulos, Heslop and Bennett, 1993).

This study also adopted the relatively standard practice of making call-backs (Boyd and Westfall, 1965, 1970). The tendency to be ‘away from home’ has been shown to be associated with demographic characteristics such as level of education, age, gender. Call-backs are therefore necessary to avoid a potentially significant source of non-random error (Boyd and Westfall 1965, 1970).

The Sample Profile

In all, the data collection exercise generated two hundred and forty seven (247) usable questionnaires. The demographic profile of the sample is given at Table 2.

Page 22: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

18 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Table 2- Demographic Profile of the Sample

Characteristic Frequency Percentage

GenderMaleFemale

107140

43.356.7

Age Range18-2425-3435-4445-5455-6465-80

395449443625

15.821.919.817.814.610.1

Education LevelPrimary EducationSecondary EducationSecondary Education with CertificatesPolytechnic/Vocational CertificateBaccalaureate Degree Postgraduate Qualification

163774

495514

6.51530

2022.45.7

Income0-10001001-20002001-30003001-50005001-7000>7000

7747544086

33.220.323.317.23.42.6

Cable Television AccessNo Access to Cable Television Access to Cable Television

112131

46.153.1

Total (N) 247 100%

Page 23: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

19Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

Findings

Crafted through the lens of the dependency framework, H1A proposed that Barbados would register a lower moral obligation to buy local (or have a lower population average on the CETSCALE measure) than other countries where no condition of economic or cultural dependency existed, whereas H1B, developed under PCCT hypothesised that the average score for Barbados would be equal to that of countries with no history of colonial domination. The 10 items of the CETSCALE were each measured using a seven point Likert scale. Therefore the average for Barbados could range from 1 to 70. Barbados had a mean/average of 36.6194 and a standard deviation of 12.98 on the 10-item CETSCALE.

Given the high level of internal consistency registered by both the 10 item and the 17 item versions of the CETSCALE, the author converted the mean of 36.6194 which was out of a total of 70 to a mean of out 119 to make an approximate comparison with those studies which used a 17-item CETSCALE. This conversion indicated that the mean for Barbados would have been 62.25, if the 17 item scale was used. Though there is some margin for error in making these comparisons, it still allows one to have a sense as to whether Barbados’ average would tend to be lower than that of non-post-plantation economies. Barbados’ comparison with findings available for non-post-plantation economies is given at Table 3.

Page 24: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

20 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Tab

le 3

- B

arba

dos’

CE

TSC

AL

E A

vera

ge v

ersu

s th

ose

of N

on P

ost-

Pla

ntat

ion

Eco

nom

ies

Typ

e of

Sca

le

Aut

hor(

s)C

ount

ryM

ean

Stan

dard

Dev

iati

onB

AR

BA

DO

S 36

.619

412

.98

Rus

sia

32.0

2 12

.47

Dur

vasu

la,

And

rew

s an

d N

etem

eyer

(19

97)

USA

50.2

422

.85

Cze

ch R

epub

lic

24.0

247.

885

10-I

tem

C

ET

SCA

LE

(7-

Poin

t Lik

ert)

B

alab

anis

et a

l.(2

001)

Tur

key

25.9

208.

411

Shar

ma

et a

l.(1

995)

Sout

h K

orea

85

.07

Ham

in a

nd E

lliot

t (2

006)

Indo

nesi

a74

.50

Goo

d, H

uddl

esto

n an

d St

oel (

1995

) Po

land

69.1

9

BA

RB

AD

OS

62.2

5

(app

rox.

)

Wat

son

and

Wri

ght (

2000

) N

ew Z

eala

nd

62.2

1 25

.79

Bro

dow

sky

(199

8)

USA

61.6

8

Car

uana

(19

96)

Mal

ta56

.80

18.2

0

17-I

tem

C

ET

SCA

LE

(7-P

oint

Lik

ert)

Ach

arya

(19

98)

Aus

tral

ia56

.40

Page 25: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

21Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

Table 3 demonstrates that Barbados is really no lower on CET than those countries without a colonial past. In addition, the average is higher than the midpoint of the CETSCALE. This finding was unexpected in light of several studies which indicate that post-colonial peoples living in developing countries seem to exhibit a ‘reverse’ CET where they prefer US and European goods to their own (Agbonifoh and Elimimian, 1999; Arnould, 1989).

As previously suggested, several Caribbean scholars also advance that the people of the various Caribbean states lack a collective identity in their pursuit of all things British and North American (Naipaul, 1962, 1969; Miller, 1994). The CETSCALE average demonstrates that despite heavy foreign media exposure and an established norm of choosing imports in every product category, a moral obligation to buy local has still been formed in the people of Barbados, giving support to the collectivist ideology on which PCCT is premised.

Hypothesis 2A was developed from the dependency perspective and proposed that getting good quality or a good price would be more important than buying local to the Barbadian consumer. Respondents indicated a strong level of agreement to the single item measure ‘getting quality and a good price is more important than buying local’. The mean response on this Likert scale was 4.131, SD = 1.01, with ‘5’ denoting the strongest form of agreement. Therefore, H2A is supported. Though Barbadians feel a moral obligation to buy local; they perceive getting a good price or good quality to be of greater importance. This finding highlights the fact that the consumer firsts exhibits a rational individualism in buying, and may only exercise collectivism or nationalism if domestic product offerings are at least comparable to foreign options with respect to price, quality or brand image.

As demonstrated earlier, some of the price and quality differentials between local manufactures and imported options are due to the length of time in which Barbados was forced to engage in low value added production and the short window between the achievement of Independence and the advent of globalisation and trade liberalisation. In considering the current state of Barbadian manufacturing the economic dependency explanation of enforced technological, productive and marketing weakness deserves at least partial support.

Page 26: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

22 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Hypothesis 3A proposed that the willingness to buy local would decrease as cable television exposure increased, whereas H3B, formulated within the PCCT framework, suggested that there would be no decrease in the willingness to buy local (measured as CET) if cable television viewing increased. Hypothesis 3A was supported since there was a negative relationship between CET tendency and cable television exposure (beta = -0.201; p = 0.001).

Central to this paper is whether Barbadian consumers were impacted by the message of the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign. Unfortunately, there was no association between the frequency of exposure to the campaign message and the level of CET displayed by survey respondents (beta = 0.057, p= 0.356). Otherwise said, the campaign message has not been strong enough to engender a feeling of obligation to support local industry in the mind of the average Barbadian. This finding propelled a re-consideration of the measure of ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign exposure, since the failure to finding an association may have been related to the validity of the Buy Bajan measure. However, the reassessment indicated a good spread of scores from the minimum to the maximum. More importantly, the scale did measure the level of exposure to the campaign message as well as comprehension and recall of that message (see Appendix 2). The author was therefore satisfied that the scale was effective as a measuring instrument, and that the finding was valid.

Discussion and Recommendations

The discussion turns to examining why the call to action made by Barbadian manufacturers may not have been heard by the consuming public. An exhaustive review of the literature on CET tendency provided no relevant recommendations as to how buy local messages could be made more effective. This discussion therefore seeks a preliminary exploration of how the value and efficacy of an initiative such as the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign could be enhanced, and advances suggestions that would need to be empirically tested in future research endeavours.

In considering the findings of this study, it is important to note that the survey data was collected a few months before the message of the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign became more militant, in light of the pressures of the current global economic recession. It is possible that the effect of the campaign was weakened because pre-recession campaign themes did not engender a

Page 27: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

23Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

sufficient enough drive to protect one’s own (See Appendix II). Indeed the post-recession message (Appendix III) may still not be aggressive enough.

On-going education programs which are grounded in PCCT and link the economic, cultural and social present to (neo) colonialist past may be necessary to effect behavioural change in consumers. Barbadians are open to education through town hall meetings and public discussions. There is also room to reach Barbadian youth through the social media ‘underground’- those sites maintained for Barbadians, by Barbadians. One example is the youth social issues site known as ‘bajantube.com’. It is important to choose communication mechanisms that are not mainstream given the need to preserve the image of Barbados as a welcoming haven for tourists. The transfer of total ownership of the ‘Buy Bajan’ campaign to the BMA also provides a platform for increased activism since governmental concerns related to the WTO contravention have been removed.

The marketing and education efforts could also be more targeted. Several studies into CET and nationalistic buying suggest that older persons feel a stronger moral obligation to buy local, and may be more willing to make the financial sacrifice to do so (Erdogan and Uzkurt, 2010; Good and Huddleston, 1995; Herche, 1992; Poon, Evangelista and Albaum, 2010; Shankarmahesh, 2006; Shimp and Sharma, 1987; Vida and Fairhurst, 1999). There is also the opportunity to encourage the younger members of the Barbadian intelligentsia to rally around the cause. Barbados also has a growing population of returning nationals who may be open to supporting the fledgling manufacturers provided these producers indicate a willingness to focus on quality and cost reduction.

Having lived at the core, the typical returning national may well appreciate the challenges of Barbadian manufacturers. More importantly, returnees may exhibit less price sensitivity since their pensions are denoted in stronger currencies.

The various target groups could be asked to enter into a medium term ‘purchase agreement’ with Barbadian manufacturers, where they agree to utilise the revenues from additional patronage to enhance product quality whilst seeking socially acceptable ways to increase efficiency and decrease prices. Seeking to address their fundamental weaknesses relevant to competing multinationals will make the ‘Buy Bajan’ message all the more attractive.

Page 28: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

24 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Though cable television viewing and general exposure to the promotion campaigns for global/multinational brands are real challenges to the Barbadian manufacturers, there is still room to devise new integrated marketing communications strategies to gain the loyalty of consumers. Anecdotal evidence suggests that the people of the English speaking Caribbean share a love for family, education and educational attainment, music, dancing, church and religion, cricket, football, athletics and food. These affinities may be due in part to the collectivist orientation of nations in the English speaking Caribbean (Punnett, Dick-Forde and Robinson, 2006) and the tendency to mimic lifestyles and values of their northern hemispheric neighbours (Naipaul, 1962; Richardson, 1989). Recognising the high value placed on community and social activity, the more successful brands in Barbados, for example, Digicel and LIME have focused heavily on the sponsorship of socially centred activities. Smaller manufacturers can follow this example and pool their resources to undertake sponsorship of events. During these events, direct linkages can be made between buying Barbadian products and supporting community life.

Finally, Barbadian manufactures can also be made more price competitive if a redemption scheme is instituted by the BMA. For example, proof of purchase of several local items can be used towards the cost of textbooks for children, given the importance of education to the people of Barbados.

Summary

This paper has examined the current state of the Barbadian manufacturing industry and the impact of a national buy local campaign in the context of dependency theory and PCCT. The study has not supported PCCT as an explanation for consumption activity in the post-plantation setting, suggesting that the concept of resistance to economic and cultural domination through the consumer choice process does not resonate with Barbadians. The study has, in a sense, resurrected the dependency paradigm, which for some scholars remains at the margin (Marshall, 1996). More importantly the findings of the study give some support for the efficacy of economic dependency and cultural dependency theory in highlighting the present condition of both the producers and consumers of this small Caribbean economy.

Recognising the challenges faced by small island manufacturers in the current global trade system, the paper recommends an increased activism

Page 29: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

25Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

in the promotion strategies to ensure that relevant consumers hear the very necessary call.

References

Acharya, A. (1998) ‘Collective Identity and Conflict Management in Southeast Asia’. In ed. Emanuel Adler and Michael Barnett, (pp 198-227) Security Communities, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Agbonifoh, B., and Elimimian, J. (1999) ‘Attitudes of Developing Countries Towards Country-of-Origin Products in an Era of Multiple Brands’, Journal of International Consumer Marketing, Vol. 11(4): pp. 97-117.Albertson, B. and Lawrence, A. (2009) ‘After the Credits Roll: The Long Term Effects of Educational Television on Public Television Knowledge and

Attitudes’, American Politics Research, Vol. 37(2): pp. 275-300.Alden, D. L., Steenkamp, J.E., and Batra, R. (2006) ‘Consumer Attitudes Toward Marketplace Globalisation: Structure, Antecedents, and Consequences’, International Journal of Research in Marketing, Vol. 23(3): pp. 227-239.Arnould, E. J. (1989) ‘Toward a Broadened Theory of Preference Formation and the Diffusion of Innovations: Cases from Zinder Province’, Journal of

Consumer Research, Vol. 16 (2): pp. 239-267. Ashcroft, B. Griffiths, G. and Tiffin, H. (1989) ‘The Empire Writes Back:

Theory and Practice in Post-Colonial Literatures’, London: Routledge.Balabanis, G., Diamantopoulos,A., Mueller, R.,and Melewar, T.C.(2001) ‘The Impact of Nationalism, Patriotism and Internationalism on Consumer Ethnocentric Tendencies’, Journal of International Business Studies, Vol. 32(1) : pp. 157-176. __________and Diamantopoulos, A. (2004) ‘Domestic Country Bias, Country-of- Origin Effects, and Consumer Ethnocentrism: A Multidimensional

Unfolding Approach’, Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science Vol 32 (1) : pp. 80-95.

Banerjee, S. and Prasad, A (2008) ‘Introduction to the Special Issue on “Critical Reflections on Management and Organisations: a Postcolonial

Perspective’, Critical Perspectives on International Business, Vol. 4 ( 2/3) : pp.90- 98.Baran, P.A. (1957) The Political Economy of Growth, United Kingdom: Penguin.Barbados Private Sector Trade Team (2003) ‘The Manufacturing Sector in Barbados’. Accessed from http://www.tradeteam.bb/cms/pstt/files/sector/

manufacture/The_ManufacturingSector.pdf.Barclay, L. (2005) ‘The Competitiveness of Trinidad and Tobago and Manufacturing Firms in an Increasingly Liberalised Trading Environment’,

Page 30: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

26 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 30 (2): pp. 41-74. Batra, R., Ramaswamy, V., Alden , D., Steenkamp, J.E., and Ramchander, S. (2000) ‘Effect of Brand local/ Non-local Origin on Consumer Attitudes in

Developing Countries’, Journal of Consumer Psychology, 9(2): pp. 83-95.

Beckford, G. (1972) Persistent Poverty, Kingston, Jamaica: The University of the West Indies Press.Belk, R.W. (1988) Third World Consumer Culture. In Eds. E. Kumcu and A. Fuat Firat, (pp. 103-127). Research in Marketing: Supplement 4 Greenwich: JAI

Press. Beltran, Luis (1978) ‘Communication and Cultural Domination: USA-Latin America Case’, Media Asia 5(4): 183-192Bergkvist, L. and Rossiter, J. (2007). ‘The Predictive Validity of Multiple-item versus Single-item Measures of the same Constructs’, Journal of Marketing

Research 44 (May): pp. 175–184.Best, L., and Levitt, K. (2009) Essays on the Theory of Plantation Economy, Kingston, Jamaica: The University of the West Indies Press.Billet, B.(1993) Modernisation Theory and Economic Development: Discontent in the Developing World, London: Praeger.Block, F. (1980) ‘Beyond Relative Autonomy: State Managers as Historical Subjects’, The Socialist Register 17: pp. 227-240.Boyd-Barrett, J. (1977) ‘Media Imperialism: Towards an International Framework for an Analysis of Media Systems’. In Eds. James Curran, Michael

Gurevitch and J. Woollacott, (pp. 116-135) Mass Communication and Society, London: Edward Arnold.

Boyd, H and Westfall, R. (1965) ‘Interviewer Bias Revisited’, Journal of Marketing Research 2 (1): pp. 58-63.Boyd, Harper W. Jr and Ralph Westfall (1970) ‘Interviewer Bias Once More

Revisited’, Journal of Marketing Research 7(2): 249-253Brathwaite, J. (2009, September 21) ‘Competitiveness: The Key to Growth in Manufacturing’, Business Monday. Retrieved from http://www.

barbadosadvocate.com/newsitem.asp?more=bsinessandNewsID=6297 Brodowsky, G. (1998) ‘The Effect of Country of Design and Country of Assembly on Evaluative Beliefs about Automobiles and Attitudes Toward Buying Them: A Comparison between Low and High Ethnocentric

Consumers’, Journal of International Consumer Marketing 10 (3): pp. 85-113.

Caruana, A. (1996) ‘The Effects of Dogmatism and Social Class Variables on Consumer Ethnocentrism in Malta’, Marketing Intelligence and Planning

14 (4): pp. 39-44.Central Bank of Barbados (2005) Annual Statistical Digest. Barbados: Central Bank of Barbados. Retrieved from www.centralbank.org.bb.

Page 31: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

27Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

Central Bank of Barbados (2012) Economic Review of Barbados, 2012. Volume 37(1). Retrieved from http://www.centralbank.org.bb/WEBCBB.nsf/vwPublications/

0A441BAA38D4BC4C04257A78006536E6/$FILE/Economic%20Review_June%202012_XXXVIII%20Issue%201.pdf

CIA World Factbook. (2012) ‘Report on Barbados’, Central Intelligence Agency Country Reports. Retrieved from https://www.cia.gov/library/

publications/the-world-factbook/geos/bb.html.Connell, J., Soutar, A. (2007) ‘Free Trade or Free Fall? Trade Liberalisation and Development in the Pacific and Caribbean’, Social and Economic Studies,

56(1/2): pp. 41-66.Conning, J., and Robinson, J. (2009) ‘Enclaves and Development: An Empirical Assessment’, Studies in Comparative International Development 44 (4):

pp. 359-385.Cova, B.1(997) ‘Community and Consumption, Towards a Definition of the Linking Value of Products or Services’, European Journal of Marketing 31

(3/4): pp. 297-316.Crane, D. (2002) ‘Culture and Globalisation: Theoretical Models and Emerging Trends’, In D. Crane, N. Kawashima and K. Kawasaki (Eds.), (pp.1-

25). Global Culture: Media, Arts, Policy, and Globalisation, New York: Routledge.

Daily Nation, (2007) 100% Over. The Daily Nation, May 26. Accessed from http://archive.nationnews.com.Demas. W. (2005) ‘The Political Economy of the English Speaking Caribbean: A Summary View’, In D. Pantin (Ed.), The Caribbean Economy – A Reader (pp.89-110). Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers.Durvasula, S., Andrews, J.C., and Netemeyer, R.G. (1997) ‘A Cross-National Comparison of Consumer Ethnocentrism in the United States and Russia’, Journal of International Consumer Marketing, 9 (4): pp. 73-94.Economic Affairs Unit, Government of Barbados. (2005) The National Strategic Plan for Barbados, 2005-2025. Retrieved from http://www.sice.oas.org/ctyindex/BRB/Plan2005-2025.pdfEl-Khasawneh, B.(2012) ‘Challenges and Remedies of Manufacturing Enterprises in Developing Countries: Jordan as a Case Study’, Journal of Manufacturing Technology Management, 23(3): pp. 328 - 350.Elliott, R. (1997) ‘Existential Consumption and Irrational Desire’, European Journal of Marketing 34 (4): pp. 285-296.Erdogan, B. Zafer, and Uzkurt, C. (2010) ‘Effects of Ethnocentric Tendency on Consumers’ Perception of Product Attitudes for Foreign and Domestic Products’, Cross Cultural Management 17 (4): pp. 393-406.Escobar, A. (2004) ‘Beyond the Third World: Imperial Globality, Global Coloniality and Anti-Globalisation Social Movements’, Third World

Page 32: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

28 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Quarterly 25 (1): pp. 207-230.Fanon, Frantz. (1952) Black Skin, White Masks. Paris: Editions de Seuil. Firat, A. Fuat and Venkatesh, A (1995) ‘Liberatory Postmodernism and the Re- Enchantment of Consumption’, Journal of Consumer Research 22 (3): pp. 239-267.Firebaugh G (1996) ‘Does Foreign Capital Harm Poor Nations? New Estimates Based on Dixon and Boswell’s Measures of Capital Penetration’, American Journal of Sociology 102 (2): pp. 563-575.Francis, B. Iyare, S and Troy Lorde (2005) Dealing with the Balance of Payments Adjustments Problems in Barbados: a Conceptual Perspective. University of the West Indies, Cave Hill, Barbados. Frank, A. G. (1967) Capitalism and Underdevelopment in Latin America. New York: Monthly Review Press. Garvey, Marcus M. (1913) ‘Letter to Major Robert Morton’. In ed. O.Nigel Bolland, (pp. 319-323) The Birth of Caribbean Civilisation- A Century of Ideas, Culture and Identity, Nation and Society,. Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers. Ger, Guliz, and Russell Belk. ( 1996) ‘ I’d Like to Buy the World a Coke: Consumption-Scapes of the “Less Affluent” World’, Journal of Consumer Policy 19 (3): pp. 271-304.Ghosh, B.N. (2001) Dependency Revisited. Hampshire: Ashgate Publishing LimitedGooch, C. R. (1995) ‘Loitering on Colonial Premises after Closing Time: An Analysis of Television Programming in Barbados’. In H.S. Dunn (Ed). (pp. 98-121) Globalisation, Communications and Caribbean Identity). New York: St. Martin’s Press.Good, L. K., and Huddleston, P. (1995). ‘Ethnocentrism of Polish and Russian Consumers: Are Feelings and Intentions Related?’ International Marketing Review, 12(3): pp. 35-48.Hamin and Elliott, G. (2006) ‘A Less-Developed Country Perspective of Consumer Ethnocentrism and “Country of Origin” Effects: Indonesian Evidence’, Asia Pacific Journal of Marketing and Logistics, 18(2): pp. 79 – 92.Henry, B., Butcher, W., Browne, Y., Hinds, M and Jayawardena, C. (2004) ‘Future Resource Challenges in the Caribbean Hospitality Industry’, International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management 16 (7): pp. 419-423. Herche, J. (1992) ‘A Note on the Predictive Ability of the CETSCALE’, Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 20 (3): pp. 261-264.––––––. (1994) ‘Ethnocentric Tendencies, Marketing Strategies and Import Purchase Behaviour’, International Marketing Review 11 (3): pp 4-16.

Hubbell, L. (2008). ‘Rethinking Dependency Theory: The Case of

Page 33: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

29Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

Dominica, the Rascal State’,. Journal of Third World Studies 21 (1): pp. 95-109.Hubbell, Larry (2008) ‘Rethinking Dependency Theory: The Case of Dominica- the Rascal State’, Journal of Third World Studies 21 (1): 95-109. Jiménez, N.H., and San Martín, S. (2010) ‘The Role of Country-of-Origin, Ethnocentrism and Animosity in Promoting Consumer Trust: The Moderating Role of Familiarity’, International Business Review 19 (1): pp. 34-45.Josiassen, A . (2011) ‘Consumer Disidentification and its Effects on Domestic Product Purchases: An Empirical Investigation in the Netherlands’, Journal of Marketing 75 (2): pp. 124-140. Kapoor I (2002) ‘Capitalism, Culture, Agency: Dependency Theory vs. Postcolonial Theory’, Third World Quarterly 23(4): pp. 647-664.Kiss, J (2014) ‘Facebook’s 10th Birthday: From College Dorm to 1.23 billion Users’ The Guardian, February, 4 2014. Retrieved from http://www.theguardian.com/technology/2014/feb/04/facebook-10-years-

mark-zuckerberg. Knight, J. (2013) Buying Local in a Small Import-Dependent Economy, Germany: Lambert Publishing. Kohli, A. (2009) ‘Nationalist versus Dependent Capital Development: Alternate Pathways of Asia and Latin America in a Globalised World’. Studies in International Comparative Development 44 (4): pp. 338-410.Kotler, P., and Armstrong, G. (2009) Principles of Marketing. 13th ed. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc.Kreye, O; Heinrichs, J and Frobel, F (1987) ‘Export Processing Zones. Results of a New Survey ILO Multinational Enterprises Programme’, Working Paper

No. 43, Geneva: International Labour Organisation.Krugman, P. (1991) Geography and Trade, Cambridge: MIT Press.LaCorbiniere J and Belgrave A (2011) ‘A Note on Barbados’ Manufacturing Sector (1980-2009)’, Central Bank of Barbados Economic Review 7(3): pp. 4-22.Long, Brad and Mills, Albert (2008) ‘Globalisation, Post Colonial Theory and Organisational Analysis’, Critical Perspectives in International Business, 4 (4): pp. 389-409.Maass, M., and Gonzalez, J.A..(2005). ‘Technology, Global Flows and Local Memories: Media Generations in ‘Global’ Mexico’, Global Media and Communication 1 (2): pp. 167-184.Madeley, J (1999) Big Business, Poor Peoples. United Kingdom: Zed PublishersMandle, J. R. (1989) ‘British Caribbean Economic History’. In F. W. Knight

and C.A. Palmer (Eds.) (pp. 203-228). The Modern Caribbean, Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.

Page 34: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

30 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Marshall, D. (1996) ‘From the Triangular Trade to NAFTA: A Neostructuralist Insight into Missed Caribbean Opportunities’. Third World Quarterly

17 (3): pp. 427-453. _______(2002) ‘At Whose Service? Caribbean State Posture, Merchant

Capital and export services option’, Third World Quarterly, 23(4): pp. 725-751.

McPhail, Thomas. (1987) Electronic Colonialism: The Future of International Broadcasting and Communication. California: Sage Publications. Miller, D. (1994) Modernity- An Ethnographic Approach- Dualism and Mass Consumption in Trinidad. Oxford: Berg PublishersMonshipouri, M, Welch, C and Kennedy, E (2003) ‘Multinational Corporations and the Ethics of Global Responsibility: Problems and Possibilities’, Human Rights Quarterly, 25(4): pp. 965-989. Moore, A and Walkes, C (2008) ‘The Demand for Motor Car Imports in Barbados’. Central Bank of Barbados Working Papers.Munck, R and O’ Hearn. D (1999) Critical Development Theory. Contributions t o

a New Paradigm, London: Zed BooksNaipaul, V.S. (1962) The Middle Passage: The Caribbean Revisited. London: Andre Deutsch._________(1969). The Mimic Men. Harmondsworth: Penguin BooksNetemeyer, R.G., Durvasula, S., and Lichtenstein, D. (1991) ‘A Cross National Assessment of the Reliability and Validity of the CETSCALE’, Journal of Marketing Research, 28(3): pp. 320-327.Nunnally, J.C. (1967) Psychometric Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill On the Up. (2006) The Daily Nation, April 18. Retrieved from http://archive.nationnews.com.Papadopoulos, N. Heslop, L. and Bennett, D. (1993) ‘National Image Correlates of Product Stereotypes: A Study of Attitudes Towards East European Countries’. In ed. Nicolas Papadopoulos, (pp. 21-37) Dimensions of International Business, Canada: Carleton University, the International Business Study Group.Pete, R., and Hartwick, E. (2009) Theories of Development UK: Guilford

Press. Poon, P., Evangelista, F. and Albaum. G. (2010) ‘Attitudes of Migrants Toward Foreign made Products: An Exploratory Study of Migrants in Australia’. Journal of Consumer Marketing 27 (1): pp. 35-42.Powell, B and Skarbek, D (2004) ‘Sweatshops and Third World Living Standards-

are the Jobs worth the Sweat?’ Working Paper, No. 53. The Independent Institute.Prasad A. (Ed) (2003) Postcolonial Theory and Organisational Analysis. A

Critical Engagement. New York: Palgrave

Page 35: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

31Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

Prendergrast, J., Foley, B., Menne, V., and Issac, A. K.(2008) Creatures of Habit? The Art of Behavioural Change. London: The Social Marketing Foundation: Punnett, B., Dick-Forde, E. and Robinson, J. (2006) ‘Culture and Management i n

the English speaking Caribbean’, Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 31 (2), 44-57.

Punnett, Betty-Jane and Adam Morrison (2006) ‘Niche Markets and Small Caribbean Producers- A Match Made in Heaven?’, Journal of Small Business and Entrepreneurship, 19 (4): 341-354Quelch, J., Joachimsthaler, E.and Nueno, J. (1991) ‘After the Wall: Marketing Guidelines for Eastern Europe’, Sloan Management Review Winter, pp: 82-93.Rantanen, Terhi. (2005) The Media and Globalisation, London: Sage Publications.Raju, P.S. (1995) ‘Consumer Behaviour in Global Markets: the ABCD Paradigm and its Application to Eastern Europe and Third World’, Journal of Consumer Marketing 12 (5): pp. 37-56. Richardson, B. (1989) ‘Caribbean Migrations: 1838-1985’, In F. Knight, and C. Palmer (Eds.) (pp. 203-228) The Modern Caribbean, Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.Said, Edward. (1993) Culture and Imperialism London: Random House._________ (1993) Orientalism. London: Penguin.Sappideen, R. and He. L. (2010) ‘On Eliminating Non- Tariff Barriers in a Time of

Worldwide Crisis: China’s ‘, Mcquarie Journal of Business Law (7) pp: 32-52. Retrieved from

http://www.businessandeconomics.mq.edu.au/our_departments/accounting_and_corporate_governance/docs/publications/past_editions/volume_7/03Sapp.pdf

Schiffman, L. and Kanuk, L. (2010) ‘Consumer Behaviour’. 10th ed. New Jersey: Prentice Hall. Schiller, H. (1991) ‘Not yet the Post-Imperialist Era’. Critical Studies in Mass Communication 8 (1): pp. 13-28. Schmid, Linda (2005) ‘Barbados: Telecommunications Liberalisation’. In eds. Gallagher, P, Low, P and Stoler, A . ( pp. 63-77) Managing the Challenges of WTO Participation- 45 Case Studies. Shankamarhesh , M. N. (2006) ‘Consumer Ethnocentrism: an Integrative Review of its Antecedents and Consequences’, International Marketing Review 23(2): pp: 146-172. Sheller, Mimi. (2000) Democracy after Slavery. Gainesville: The University Press of Florida.Shimp, T., and Sharma, S. (1987) ‘Consumer Ethnocentrism: Construction and Validation of the CETSCALE’, Journal of Marketing, 24(3): pp. 280-289.

Page 36: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

32 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Shirazi, F. (2013) ‘Social Media and the Social Movements in the Middle East and North Africa’, Information Technology and People 26(1): pp. 28-49.Shulman, L. (1982) Skills of Supervision and Employee Management. California: Peacock Publishers. Sidekum, Antonio.( 2006) ‘Globalisation and the Alienation of Mentality in Brazil’. In Eds. Thorsten Botz-Bornstein and Jurgen Hengelbrock (pp. 99-118) Reethnicising the Minds? Cultural Revival in Contemporary Thought. Amsterdam: Rodopi Press.Solomon, M. (2009) Consumer Behaviour: Buying, Having, Being. 8th ed.

India: Prentice Hall.Tures, J. (1998) ‘Development Theories in the East European Context: The Impact of Dependency theory and Neoclassical Economics’, East European Quarterly 32 (3): pp. 281-299. Vida, I. and Fairhurst, A. (1999) ‘Factors Underlying the Phenomenon of Consumer Ethnocentricity: Evidence from Four Central European Countries’, International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research 9 (4): pp. 321-337.Ware, William and Dupagne, M. (1994) ‘Effects of U.S. Television Programs

on Foreign Audiences: A Meta-Analysis’, Journalism Quarterly 71 (4): pp. 947-959.

Westwood, R. I (2006) ‘International Business and Management Studies as an Orientalist Discourse’, Critical Perspectives in International Business, 2 (2) : pp. 91-113.__________ and Jack, G (2007) ‘Manifesto for a Post-Colonial International Business and Management Studies’, Critical Perspectives in

International Business, 3 (3): pp.246-363.Wigglesworth, R. (2013) ‘Paradise Lost’. Retrieved from http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/2/39b0fac2-677a-11e3-8d3e-

00144feabdc0.html#axzz3GGlhpjKz Williams, E. (1944) Capitalism and Slavery. London: Andre Deutsch. __________. (1970) From Columbus to Castro: The History of the

Caribbean 1492-1969. London: Andre Deutsch.Witowski, T. (1989) ‘Colonial Consumers in Revolt: Buyer Values and Behaviour

during the Non-Importation Movement, 1764-1776’, Journal of Consumer Research, 16 (September): pp. 216-226.Wong, A (2013) ‘Two Faces of Economic Development: The Ethical

Controversy Surrounding US-related Sweatshops in Developing Asian Countries’. Retrieved from

http://www.globalethicsnetwork.org/profiles/blogs/twofaces-of- economic-development-the-ethical-controversy (February 2, 2014).

Page 37: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

33Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

Yang, H and Lin, C. (2014) ‘Why Do People Stick to the Facebook Website? A Value Theory Based View’, Information Technology and People 27(1): pp.

21-37.Young , R. (2001) Postcolonialism: An Introduction, Oxford: Blackwell.Zhang, Y. and Harwood, J. (2002) ‘Television Viewing and Perception of Traditional Chinese Values among Chinese College Students’, Journal Of Broadcasting and Electronic Media, 46(2): pp. 245-264.

Page 38: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

34 Journal of Eastern Caribbean StudiesBuy Local Campaign 35

Appendix I- CETSCALE (Adapted from Shimp and Sharma, 1987).

1 Only those products that are not manufactured in Barbados should be imported.

2 Barbadian products, first and foremost.

3 Purchasing foreign products is un-Barbadian.

4 It is not right to purchase products made in other countries.

5 A true Barbadian should always buy Barbadian-made products.

6 Barbadians should not buy foreign products because this hurts Barbadian business and causes unemployment.

7 It may cost me in the long run, but I prefer to support products that are made in Barbados.

8 We should buy from foreign countries only those products that are not made in our country.

9 We should purchase products manufactured in Barbados instead of letting other countries get rich off of us.

10 Barbadian consumers who purchase products made in other countries are responsible for putting fellow Barbadians out of work.

APPENDIX I - CETSCALE (Adapted from Shimp and Sharma, 1987).

Page 39: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

35Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

APPENDIX II (A) - INITIAL CAMPAIGN AD

36 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

APPENDIX II (A) - INITIAL CAMPAIGN AD

Page 40: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

36 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

APPENDIX II (B) - ADJUSTMENT OF THE INITIAL CAMPAIGN TO REACH THE YOUTH AND THE SKEPTICS

Buy Local Campaign 37

APPENDIX II (B) - ADJUSTMENT OF THE INITIAL CAMPAIGN TO REACH THE YOUTH AND THE SKEPTICS

Page 41: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

37Buy Local Campaign and Barbados Manufacturing

APPENDIX III- POST ECONOMIC RECESSION ADVERTISMENT

38 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

APPENDIX III- POST ECONOMIC RECESSION ADVERTISMENT

Page 42: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Vol. 40, No. 1, Apr 2015 pp. 38-80

Public Policy Theory and Field Explorations in the Caribbean: Extending Critique of the State-

of-the-Art

Don MarshallSir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies,

The University of the West Indies, BARBADOS

Abstract

How should we theorise public policy? In most approaches we would find the concept “policy” allied to `dealing with problems’. This article apprehends the state-of-the-art in public administration literature but at the junction point of `policy science’, itself derived from policy theory. It extends critique of policy science as an analytical framework rooted in a rationalist, scientific and problem-solving conception of policymaking. This remains important even after the argumentative turn against neo/positivist policy analysis some twenty-five years ago. Attention is drawn to the Caribbean empirical site because public policy formulation and implementation in these countries have been pragmatic. This is partly in keeping with an evolving conservative development and accumulation agenda, and as such it remains drawn to policy science proclivities captured in the tutelage, curriculum and bureaucratic culture extant in the circuits of education, training and in the art of the possible. Altogether this cultural habitus hardly provides space for problem-questioning. The central argument is that ultimately, policy science functions as a stultifying force on democratic engagement as it over-extends the influence of technocracy, shuns problem-questioning in practical policy work, constrains possibilities for alternative ideas and procedures to take hold, and limits the scope for a broadening of policy theory that embraces the political. The conclusions are buttressed by accounts arising from fieldwork conducted across

Copyright © Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, (Cave Hill), 2015

Page 43: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

39Public Policy Theory

eight Anglophone Caribbean countries between April 2010 and January 2012.

Key words – public policy, governance, policy science, problematisation, implementation culture, civil/public servants, Westminster

Introduction: Policy Science and Problem-Solving

Reading the contributions across two different but related anthologies, Miyakawa’s (2000) The Science of Policy and Minto-Coy and Bermam’s (2015) Public Administration and Policy in the Caribbean it became apparent how complex and differentiated the architecture of knowledge around public policy making. Conceptually there is consensus that the public policy process refers to all the mechanisms through which the decision making and the implementation of policy are made. It is purposive governmental action to deal with a public problem (see the chapter by Anderson, Brady and Bullock, 2000). But within and across the anthologies a variety of controversies abound as to whether, for example, the organisational focus of policy networks is crucial or the personal character of such networks in determining policy choices; or whether this ought to be subsumed within a broader understanding of group and network interactions. Moreover some question whether groups or networks offer a sufficient explanation of policy initiation, variation and change proffering instead that we focus on either the power and influence of domestic capitalist groups, or that of senior bureaucrats within the state apparatus. Others point to an interaction with global elite actors and forces. The general idea is that changes in the structure of the world and/or domestic economy are responsible for shifts in policy and in the framework for exercising power. Policy, therefore, does not strictly reflect contests and bargains between groups. Of course the very autonomy of the state and domestic forces remains an open issue in the wake of preponderant global influences, be these of a multilateral regime, the G7 and G20, or other international elite actors and institutions. Still others appeal for consideration of the role of ideas, ideologies and dominant discourses in the shaping of domestic and international public policy. Interestingly, while Minto-Coy and Berman as joint editors lament the absence of a tradition in public policy scholarship in the Caribbean and Miyakawa could draw on writers to focus on stages, phases and players in the policy process in Western Europe and United States, as well as factors and forces at work

Page 44: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

40 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

– neither projects explicitly sought to problematise the lingering pragmatism of the field.

So exactly what makes policymaking so difficult to theorise? This relates to the challenges various scholars have in representing the policymaking process in a coherent way while still accounting for its extreme variety and the particularity of individual cases. The developmental panorama of the English speaking Caribbean, for instance, is marked by small state diversity, various public administration legacies and practices and subtle differentiated development outcomes for Eastern Caribbean and other countries like Trinidad and Tobago, Belize, Barbados and Jamaica. Authors of various Caribbean policy studies would present the region as a laboratory throwing up possibilities for learning and internal adaptation. But with an inflation of demands for broad-based, inclusive growth and development met by mediocre if not unreliable policy performance, the resolve has been to urge a re-think of administrative practices and modes of governance. In the scholarly and policy expert conversations that follow, much is made of the importance of policy networks, capacities and the efficacy of social capital. The thrust of the recent work has been to explain and have resolved, lags in policy implementation and evaluation. Left unspecified is the need for a meta-critique, or self-conscious questioning of the problem-solving guarantees presumed in the knowledge produced about public policy praxis.

In most approaches we would find the concept ‘policy’ allied to ‘dealing with problems’. This is within studies of public administration and fields of policy analysis and planning. Indeed many university departments and consultants trade in the claim of producing policy relevant work that is solution-oriented, or in techniques that make for effective policy analysis and practice. This is even as the presumed link between clearly defined social problems and rational policy analyses that can set about ‘solving’ these has come under extensive criticism from scholars grounded in critical theory, philosophy, poststructuralist theory and discourse analysis (Hawkesworth, 1988; Dryzek, 1990). Bacchi (2009) and Colebatch (2010) for example, argue that problems are constructed through power and interpretive framing schemes. And that within the practice of policymaking activity, these are subject to further constructions so that the existence of policy problems is often inferred from policymaking practices, rather than the other way around. Here we can utilise a Foucauldian reading and note that problems are not given, but rather are social constructions. The issues or experiences

Page 45: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

41Public Policy Theory

to which a policy refers are real, but calling those conditions ‘problems’, or social problems fixes them in ways that beckon interrogation. This goes to the heart of approaches to the study of policy, particularly the discipline’s dominant problem solving paradigm.

The Legacy of Positivist-Rational Assumptions

At root, the technically-based, rational model of policymaking stems from the work of Harold Lasswell (1971), his great influence John Dewey (1971), and many other writers inspired by their founding ideas. Lasswell held that notwithstanding the political realm, policymaking and implementation would work automatically and elegantly if all actors are sufficiently appreciative of, and utilised a ‘policy science’ approach. In Dewey’s conception, the complexity of social and public problems facing decision makers require a pragmatics of problem-solving as corollary to the hard graft of detailed policymaking. Lasswell desired to unite the social sciences and part of the natural sciences in a ‘policy sciences of democracy’ for the consideration and settlement of complex societal problems, one that will influence public and democratic policymaking. He was certain that policy science as an interdisciplinary concept and approach will overcome the fragmentation characteristic of the social sciences given the attention placed on context, multi-method inquiry and practical problem solving. Policy analysis emerged to assist policymaking through the imposition of scientific frameworks. The effort was to supply value-free, empirically verified answers to the questions related to policy-making.

The main charge against policy science stems from its failure to acknowledge the role of social forces in shaping outcomes. This criticism takes on various inflections dependent on the standpoint theory employed, whether from an anti-positivist angle (as with Rein and White, 1977; and Hawkesworth, 1988), from some of the more cautious policy network theorists (Marsh and Rhodes, 2002) or through a critical interpretivist lens (Dryzek, 1990; Forester, 1993; and Bevir and Rhodes, 2012). They routinely argue that policy science undervalues the power relations that saturates context, thereby obscuring political processes that mark the field of public policy formulation and implementation. Inquiries into the nature of cooperation and alliances in the political sphere; decision process and its legitimacy; and the gap between ‘negotiators’ and their ‘grassroots’ constituencies have become commonplace, coterminous with the rise to prominence of good governance

Page 46: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

42 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

as a contested reformulation of democracy.1 Altogether this work poses a challenge to the simplistic assumptions girding paradigms that uphold orthodoxies of evidence-based policy. It pricks rationalist assumptions about policy as a neutral, technical process.

Indeed scholars deploying Marxian frameworks argue that policy initiators and policy makers apart from being subject to broad interest group influences, are themselves prisoners of the market, refraining from enacting policy initiatives independently from holders of economic power (for a flavouring of this perspective, see F. Block (1987) Revising State Theory). This prompts Jessop (1982; 2007) to extrapolate that the state is not narrow political society, but an indeterminate social relation subject to the struggles among contending social forces. While one set of critics emphasise the socio-economic determinants of public policy linked to the goals of government, others sought to give specific address to the power of state bureaucrats. Skocpol and Rueschemeyer (1996) and others who examine notions of state autonomy consider the motivations and interests of state officials (see also, A. Cawson, 1986; and S.S. Gupta, 2013). They argue that career civil servants enjoy relative autonomy in their role as advisors and executioners of policy. But before elaboration, it is necessary to address the influence of state-managers as a political class fraction that bears upon the role and power of the public bureaucracy.

1Emerging out of the early neoliberal requirement of open markets, competitive elections, the rule of law and transparency, good governance would in turn become a signifier for popular struggles for a more humane, and just globalisation marked by socially responsible investment and extending the processes of democratisation and empowerment of the most marginalised groupings within and across societies.

Page 47: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

43Public Policy Theory

Caribbean Analytical Interventions

Gladston E. Mills can be said to have pioneered the Caribbean scholastic tradition in public policy.2 Other political scientists specialising in Caribbean state and development issues have incorporated analysis of Caribbean public administration and practice into their research projects but no clear canon of work on Caribbean public administration has emerged given the dearth of public policy specialists. Mills’ work was located within the dominant problem-solving paradigm as the key challenge of the region remained the need to enhance capacity building for policy formulation, implementation and management. Mills did caution against the electioneering promises of politicians and runaway state welfarism in the absence of highly performing economies. Indeed a dominant feature within the extensive literature examining the anglophone Caribbean state was the emphasis placed on patron-client relationships between the ruling regime and popular classes. It is a thesis about the far-reaching influence of the state in the domestic sphere in the context of weak social classes (Stone, 1983). As the argument goes, state managers engage in political clientelism, sometimes accompanied by political subordination, where jobs and favours extend to political party loyalists and supporters, campaign financiers and influential elites. This feeds a dueling, intra-elite competition for power where for Selwyn Ryan (1999), general elections result in a winner-takes-all rule for the political party capturing the majority number of seats in the legislature. The analysis is sometimes recruited to perpetuate the idea of the state, its political class of career civil servants and ‘rent-seeking’ politicians, as standing above society, with special powers to distort the basic market mechanism and undermine basic tenets of liberal government according to Westminster. However recent scholarship displaces the impression of autonomous Caribbean states directing society as they please. Payne and Sutton (2001), Marshall (2007), and Bishop (2013) for example point to checks on Caribbean state power by a phalanx of international actors and, key officials drawn from core countries, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, the Financial Action Task Force and other global governance institutions. Baritteau (1998), Gray

2For examples of his work, see G.E. Mills (1973) ‘The Environment of Commonwealth Caribbean Bureaucracies’; G. E. Mills (1974) ̀ Public Policy and Private Enterprise in the Commonwealth Caribbean’ and G.E. Mills and W. Witter (1996) `Jamaica: Administrative Reform – An Overview’

Page 48: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

44 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

(2004) and Lewis (2013) point to the resistance register of women, trade union pressure and popular social activism as congealing forces shaping Commonwealth Caribbean state posture relative to development planning.

But what is worth noting from recent Commonwealth Caribbean research into who makes public policy and what accounts for implementation deficits is the extent to which thirty plus years of patron-client relations, party tribalism and populist leadership has fostered a culture of expectation where the ruling regime is assessed by its capacity to devise or energise policy masterstrokes in keeping with their populist ruse and as proof of their fitness to govern. This is discussed later.

Another aspect of the overarching literature on public policy implementation veers in the direction of discussing ideal requirements or attributes of public administration. The central argument is that unethical behaviours largely reduce the realisation of public administration. As Schoburgh (2012) explains, the critical role of public administration is to ensure that ideal rules and policies are enacted into the economy with the aim of increasing the attributes of development. Here public administration is portrayed as a crucial factor in national development as it works to ensure that all economic agents operate optimally. Government agencies must be organised and this relates to the management of government programs and policies and the behavior of government officials. A number of the Commonwealth Caribbean countries where the data was drawn have essential similarities and differences. Some of the differences include resource endowment, stages of political and economic development, ethnic composition, government operations and the political dominance of one political party over contenders. For Brown (2010) and Schoburgh (2012), the end of British colonial rule in the Commonwealth Caribbean and emerging national government resulted in the reduction of concerns to do with attributes of public administration. The net result over time is the accumulation of laxities and failures in the enactment of government policies and programmes, a crucial detrimental factor according to Brown that largely accounts for unbalanced growth in these economies. The contributors to the Fitzpatrick, Goggin, Heikkila, Klingner, Machado, and Martell (2011) anthology similarly identify rising cases of corruption, unwarranted behaviors of government officials and instability of the political establishment as factors that result in the reduction of economic investments and regional developments. Peter Clegg (2006) highlights coordination and collaboration challenges in the ethnically divided Trinidad and Tobago

Page 49: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

45Public Policy Theory

and Guyana as a problem of public administration. He points to a lack of accountability and evenhandedness in public administration arguing that this is reflected in the emergence of disparities in the administering of public development programmes.

Generally, the legacy of colonial administration tied to the Westminster-Whitehall English tradition left behind ‘cultural values of bureaucratic and hierarchical organisational structuring’ in the Caribbean countries under review.3 This was overlain with inter-ethnic conflict in Trinidad and Tobago and Guyana. Indeed some regional scholars argue that these features have not been addressed in the public sector reform initiatives of the 1990s and 2000s. Reading Soverall and Khan (2009), Wint (2003) and Brown (1998), attempts at enhancing efficiency, eliminating duplication of function and effort, improving business facilitation and improving customer service have not altered the relationship of line departments to central agencies in the development of government policy; neither has it closed the hierarchical relationships between Ministers and senior public servants, and between senior public servants and their rank-and-file lessers. In addition, the ethnic divisiveness in Trinidad and Tobago and Guyana has led to various periods of low morale and confidence among public sector employees, particularly in circumstances where any group perceives that they are the victims of discrimination. As Brown (1998: p. 369) observed, the quality of the work environment deteriorated as affected workers performed less enthusiastically in their duties.

Over time, factors such as globalisation, fiscal restraint, the need to manage cross-cutting policy issues, appeals for inclusive public consultation and concern with citizens’ rights have affected the way policy is made in Caribbean governments. Peters (1996: p .5) observes similar effects on the Canadian public service in the wake of the globalisation of standards, codes and ordinances adding that ‘few, if any policies and programs can be thought to be totally domestic’. He also noted that ‘the numerous shifts in the sources of policy advice, such as the increased advocacy of the private sector, have tended to devalue the role of senior public servants as policy advisors (p. 2)’. Here the role of senior public servants alters as more emphasis is given

3 See W. Soverall and J. Khan (2009: p.94) ‘The Changing Face of Organisational Culture and Public Sector Performance’

Page 50: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

46 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

to managerial as opposed to policy responsibilities. Even as Brown (1998: p. 369) noted that senior executives are thought to have some influence over decision-making in the Caribbean, there is acknowledgement of shifts in the sources of policy advice. Policy formulation and implementation are no longer areas of activity reserved for public servants, the ruling regime and organised, powerful special interests, but actors across civil society and the international community as well. Indeed it falls on the local public servants to navigate the sometimes conflicting pressures and expectations. The extant culture of hierarchical display, inter-ethnic conflict and political interference by elected officials strains senior management-employee relations and overall public sector employee engagement in the region (Wint, 2003).

From the foregoing, effective public policy is hampered by regime consolidation politics, the absence of accountability and corruption among officials, and lack of organisational coherence across line Ministries, agencies and departments. And from the vantage point of broader readings of Caribbean development, public policy success is held to be highly contingent depending on the force of party politics; vagaries of the international political economy; the stability interests of the domestic status quo; and social reaction to the evolving, hierarchical social structures and power relations that have spanned the arc of postwar modernisation through to early 21st century globalisation. Missing is the sense that in the real-world detail of policy making, what prevails is the misbegotten idea that policy analysis is a value-free, technical project. As a result faith is placed in professionals who can provide evidenced-based policy suggestions.

The Argumentative Approach

There has been a cachet of criticism, emergent in the late 1970s but marked by gathering momentum from the 1990s that queried the idea of a link between clearly defined social problems and an associative rational policy analysis that aims to ‘solve’ them. The argumentative turn starts with the recognition that public policy, formulated through language, is the outcome of argumentative processes. Such argumentation, moreover, is a basic feature of all phases of the policy process (Majone, 1989). Policy politics is understood here to be a continuing discursive struggle over the problem definitions and the framings of policy problems, the public’s awareness and understanding of the issues, the shared meanings that undergird policy responses and criteria for policy evaluation.

Page 51: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

47Public Policy Theory

The argumentative approach according to Bacchi (2009) and Fischer and Gottweiss (2013) seeks to query and reconstruct what policy analysts do when they do it; how their research results and advice are communicated; and how such advice is understood and employed by those who receive it. This requires paying close attention to social constructions, particularly the frequently conflicting normative policy frames of the policy participants engaged in struggles over policy-framing and policy-determination. Bacchi, in particular, is concerned about the discipline’s (that is, public administration) dominant problem-solving paradigm. Her approach is Foucauldian, grounded in post-structuralist theory and discourse analysis. It draws on the work of governmentality scholars and, to a lesser extent, the feminist theory that animates her earlier works. From this standpoint, she mounts a critique of the current orthodoxies of evidence-based policy. She sees this paradigm as reliant on positivist, rationalist assumptions, and argues that because it purports to treat policy as a neutral, technical process it is depoliticising and potentially regressive. For Nick Turnbull (2013: p.115), ‘[the] challenge for policy theory is to retain the problem orientation while rethinking it to include insights about the problematisation of governance and the practice of policy work’. In a word Turnbull suggests we treat policy ideas as problem representations and recognise the need to reflect upon their origins, purposes and effects. This demands a degree of reflexivity that acknowledges that methodologically it will not be enough to pursue policy through hypotheses-based positivist investigations in search of empirical generalisations. Indeed the insights gleaned are as follows: policy inquiry has to be contextually grounded; often employing ethnographic methods; noting the multifaceted dimensions of social action and; acknowledging that these cannot be reduced to and dealt with as quantifiable variables. Certainly a recurring point in Turnbull (2013) and Bacchi (2009) is that human behaviour is culturally influenced, communicatively oriented, emotionally grounded and socially or politically motivated.

Page 52: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

48 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Public Policy Determination in the Caribbean I conducted a study between 2010 and 2012 seeking to capture the complexity of public policy formulation and implementation in the Commonwealth Caribbean. A data base of accounts was collected drawn from focus group sessions across eight (8) Caribbean countries: St. Lucia, Jamaica, Barbados, Trinidad and Tobago, Guyana, Belize, Dominica and Grenada. The focus group participants were elite members of the public service and non-governmental organisations, namely trade unions of all stripes, policy units where available, and private sector associations linked to national Chambers of Commerce. A template of questions guided the fieldwork, emblematic of the field of public administration and drawn from relevant debates in the literature about the role of institutions, appropriate governance, the importance of expertise, and the sway of relevant transnational policy communities. The questions posed were: who and/or what groups initiate public policy; whether public policy formulation is often informed by research and evidence; the degree of participation and discussion in public policy formulation; the challenges of implementation and; whether evaluation of public policy processes are undertaken as a matter of course. The suggestion here is that theorising public policy requires one to develop a paradigm both rooted and routed in a critique of actually existing governance and deferential structures of policy management.

Methodology

The criteria used to determine the respondents for each country was based on a prior identification of stakeholder categories linked to public policy formulation and implementation on an everyday basis. Three categories of stakeholders were identified. Elected officials such as cabinet ministers and government appointed officials or technocrats such as chairpersons of statutory corporations constituted one category. The second category of stakeholders is/was public servants and supervisors/ heads of public servants within ministries; and the third category featured those who are/were lobbyists or leaders of special interest groups. In essence the respondents that formed the focus groups ranged from retired, former and active cabinet ministers, permanent secretaries, senior public servants, members of labour union hierarchies, members of chambers of commerce and industry, former and current directors of statutory corporations and experienced personnel drawn from a cross-section of non-governmental organisations. Care was taken to

Page 53: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

49Public Policy Theory

ensure that the three categories were represented, that no hierarchy existed among co-residents within the groups, and that the numbers of participants in any one focus group not exceed ten, or fall below four persons. This is in keeping with best practice in focus group methodology.4 An average number of eighteen (18) invitations were sent to possible participants that met the criteria through a local independent contact within each country of the study. These were matched by follow-up telephone invitations and reminders. The attendance rate ranged between seven and ten persons for all countries except Dominica and Guyana where the attendance rate was four, for the two focus groups conducted. To be sure, there were some logistical difficulties experienced in coordinating the schedules of the respondents constitutive of each focus group. What began as a field study of four months duration, extended to eleven months as otherwise agreed schedules had to be re-adjusted when key participants requested postponement.

Altogether there was a great willingness to participate and speak candidly about the public policy making process. Participants were assured that the identity of speakers will be concealed and that reference will be made to generic professions such as, trade unionist, senior civil servant, business representative, former Minister or technical officer. As earlier indicated, the focus groups ranged between seven and ten persons and the sessions lasted between 60 minutes (1 hour) and 90 minutes (1 hour and a half). The participant breakdown across countries is as follows: Dominica, two sessions of four (4) persons each, Grenada (8), St. Lucia (7), Barbados (7), Trinidad and Tobago (9), Jamaica (10), Belize (7) and Guyana, two sessions of four (4) persons each. The sessions were all transcribed and then reviewed for comparative overview, thematic selection and consistency of process.

The facilitator began by explaining that the aim of the focus group was to encourage persons to talk to each other rather than to address themselves to the researcher. The researcher introduced a theme asking a key central question before engaging in structured eavesdropping. This meant that the

4 See D. L. Morgan (1998) Planning Focus Groups, and J. Kitzinger (1995) ‘Qualitative Research: Introducing Focus Groups’

Page 54: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

50 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

researcher only intervened to urge debate to continue beyond the stage it might otherwise have ended and encouraged the group to discuss the inconsistencies both between participants and within their own thinking. The Box below provides a snapshot of the themes and key central questions raised to stimulate discussion and debate.

Box II: Focus Group Format

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 50

it might otherwise have ended and encouraged the group to discuss the inconsistencies both between participants and within their own thinking. The Box below provides a snapshot of the themes and key central questions raised to stimulate discussion and debate.

Box II: Focus Group Format

Themes Central Questions Policy Initiation Who initiates policy? Mechanisms of Consultation Are there robust procedures and practices

of consultation within your ministry; other Ministers, other civil service colleagues in relevant Ministries, legislative drafters etc.? Are consultations undertaken with the following – business, academics, Press and Media, civil society, other stakeholders?

Staff Capacity (central government, ministries and specialised agencies)

What are the standard qualifications for appointment to an advisory position? Are these appointments political in nature? Are there learning and development opportunities, both new and on-going, for staff in the division/department/policy unit? Are these divisions/departments/ units adequately staffed?

Data collection and analysis Is policy development based on evidence? What type of data analysis is done? How often is data used in the development of policy? From where is data collected – Statistical Office, Central Bank, Results of Survey, consultations as aforesaid, etc.?

Policy Review Process – The Cabinet

Is there a Cabinet Committee that reviews the policy paper? Is this known among stakeholders in civil society? How many members make up the Cabinet Committee for the review of the policy paper?

Monitoring and Evaluation Mechanisms

Which organisation monitors and evaluates the policy once it is implemented – the Ministry responsible for the policy, another ministry given that responsibility, or other? Is there usually inter-ministerial or inter-agency

Page 55: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

51Public Policy Theory

Study Limitations There are of course limitations with a study of this nature as it amounted to a discussion among elites and while this has intrinsic value, it would have also been useful to ascertain public perception of the policy process through the prism of age, class, gender and ethnic background. Incidentally there were occasions where the balance between business, government and societal elite interests were less than ideal in the focus groups. This was the case with Dominica where labour was not represented and Guyana where government was over-represented. The reasons for this related to issues of availability. Attempts were originally made to overcome these limitations with the staging of a second focus group session in each country, but again the number of participants represented barest minimum (4 persons). Finally a decision was made to conduct one-off, follow-up interviews in the two countries and these were done in January 2012. These interviews were open-ended and conducted separately featuring two senior trade unionists in Dominica, and from Guyana, one senior civil servant and a lead lobbyist of a special interest group. There was also the case of multiple career roles. Some lobbyists and civil society activists were at some point in their careers, senior public servants, teachers, and in two cases former Ministers of government, and vice-versa. This indeed, enriched discussion in the group dynamic as their insights from previous career attachments allowed for robust discussion. However this also meant the researcher had to intervene to ensure minority

51 Public Policy Theory and Field Explorations in the Caribbean

coordination? Where does Parliament fit into the policy process?

Time Frames: Policy Development Process

Are there standard guidelines or rules used to develop policy? How long does it take to draft the initial policy paper? How much time is allocated for the consultation process? How much time is allocated for the redrafting of the paper using feedback from consultation? What is the average time taken to develop policy from the policy drafting stage to the Cabinet submission stage? And from the Cabinet stage to the Parliament schedule where the policy has to be consecrated in law?

Study Limitations

There are of course limitations with a study of this nature as it amounted to a discussion among elites and while this has intrinsic value, it would have also been useful to ascertain public perception of the policy process through the prism of age, class, gender and ethnic background. Incidentally there were occasions where the balance between business, government and societal elite interests were less than ideal in the focus groups. This was the case with Dominica where labour was not represented and Guyana where government was over-represented. The reasons for this related to issues of availability. Attempts were originally made to overcome these limitations with the staging of a second focus group session in each country, but again the number of participants represented barest minimum (4 persons). Finally a decision was made to conduct one-off, follow-up interviews in the two countries and these were done in January 2012. These interviews were open-ended and conducted separately featuring two senior trade unionists in Dominica, and from Guyana, one senior civil servant and a lead lobbyist of a special interest group. There was also the case of multiple career roles. Some lobbyists and civil society activists were at some point in their careers, senior public servants, teachers, and in two cases former Ministers of government, and vice-versa. This indeed, enriched discussion in the group dynamic as their insights from previous career attachments allowed for robust discussion. However this also meant the researcher had to

Page 56: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

52 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

opinions were not crowded out on the grounds that the individual did not know the big picture.

In terms of the ebb and flow of the focus group discussions, there were three occasions – once in St. Lucia, and twice in Jamaica – where some participants had to leave in order to attend otherwise planned engagements. On those occasions, the discussion had lasted over an hour before they withdrew from the session. But just prior, discussion became truncated in parts as it became necessary to either allow their intervention or introduction of an issue for which it was important to canvass all views. These limitations were compensated by the robust engagement attended to the central questions of the study.

Discussion In each case, the puzzle of public policy determination turned out to be an interrogation of the quality of liberal democracy, governance and inter-ministerial coherence in the individual countries. Narratives recalling authoritarian display, ministerial interference, and policy conflicts between elected officials and professional experts in the civil service were framed in terms of a deviation from an ideal of efficient, independent processing and execution of policy. What became clear is that elites as well as government officials engage in the creation of the ‘policy problem’ presuming to ‘know’ what the issues are to which a policy refers. It relates in part to the faith in evidence-based policy studies and framing, for this affirms the value of objective and neutral assessments. It also affirms the ideal of the disinterested civil servant, one which senior bureaucrats defend, and lobbyists appeal. However a legitimacy deficit prevails, founded not so much on the presumption that social inclusion is treated as a perfunctory governance exercise, but on the foreclosure of how representation of the problem came about; whether it could have been thought through differently; and what an alternate conception may offer. In short, policymaking in the Commonwealth Caribbean is flawed by its deeply deferential Westminster inheritance and the policy practitioner posture as distiller of the problem.

Charts One, Two and Three below refer to the perceptions among participants of the relationship between elected officials and appointed civil servants, and elected officials and civil society in the policy formulation process. Senior civil servant participants situate the civil service at the centre of

Page 57: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

53Public Policy Theory

overlapping relationships with different stakeholders (read elected officials, special interest groups, the consultancy/expert community and the media). On the other hand, elected officials including those participants who serve(d) cabinet or were technocrats perceive the public policy formulation process as marked by interconnecting relationships albeit within a hierarchical system that affirms a chain of command leading to the Cabinet.5 To be sure, the senior civil servant participants do acknowledge the role of Cabinet as the force of authority and the place where commands flow, but they emphasise that a prior nuancing of and advising on the policy assists in the shaping of outcomes. The Charts captures this before taking up the claim of ministerial interference.

5 The Belizean example requires special mention even as impassioned accounts also emanated from the Grenada, St. Lucian and Trinidad and Tobago sessions. Since 1999, the position of Permanent Secretary in Belize was replaced with that of Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The CEO functions as a Permanent Secretary except she/he serves under a contract, maximally for the life of the ruling administration. With a change of government, a train of CEOs resign and a new group is appointed by a newly elected regime. While this was deemed a critical departure from what other Caribbean countries experience with regime change, the exchange among participants in the focus group suggested a pervasive ministerial interference in Belize, co-extensive with the everyday reach of the CEO.

Page 58: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

54 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Chart One

Country Responses to the question- Who initiates public policy?

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 54

Chart One

Country Responses to the question- Who initiates public policy?

TwoChart

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 54

Chart One

Country Responses to the question- Who initiates public policy?

TwoChart

Page 59: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

55Public Policy Theory

Chart Two

Overlapping Relationships in Public Policy Navigation: The Senior Civil Servants’ Optic

Page 60: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

56 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Chart Three

Interconnecting Relationships in Public Policy Navigation: The Cabinet’s Optic

Ministerial Interference

Discussion within the focus groups on the role of government and the civil service in the policy development exercise often turned out to be a debate about roles and responsibilities. The strength, independence and efficacy of the respective public service commissions, statistical and research departments and the Cabinet Office were often raised. But the consistent appeal among senior civil servants and civil society organisations was for the insulation of the civil service from political victimisation. The excerpts presented below demonstrate the extent to which public service respondents are conscious of the need to manage their relationship with the political directorate:

The RulingGovernment(Cabinet and

otherappointedofficials)

Special interestgroups and

international &Regional

Institutions

The Electorate

Civil Service

Page 61: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

57Public Policy Theory

Trinidad and Tobago

Senior Civil Servant (1): Well I would like to say that politicians can, and they have done, go off on a tangent especially with policies that you are left to implement on a short notice. And it is part of; whether you call it the manifesto; but it is all part of political promises. So for the most part yes it is in line with the international practice or it is in line with some plan that has been outlined for the sustainable development of the country but there are one or two instances where it is like a curve ball being thrown.

Senior Civil Servant (2): I am not sure to what extent this is happening internationally but it certainly has become a trend over the years and has become more marked recently, where the political directorate have changed they would bring a number of their own advisors. So more and more you are finding a situation where those advisors are initiating and developing policy proposals with very little involvement of the technical officers in the ministries. So that has been the model. I’m not sure how common it is across the region. …. I would just add that this is a real challenge because the public service is seen as the repository of the kinds of knowledge and resources that you need to solve issues and to provide the proper policy advice. One is not sure therefore, if that is happening at the advisory level and that the proper advice is being given and therefore the proper policies are being implemented.

Grenada Senior Civil Servant (1): Ministers in the ministries are responsible for policy direction.

And then the work comes to PS [permanent secretary] to make sure that the ministry functions properly and implement the policy of the minister. But in keeping with that I believe that there has to be a connect. Too often we have that disconnect between the policies that Government tries to implement with what is happening on the ground as it relates to grassroots. Total disconnect and I have found in all the areas, even at the college for example, when we came up with certain decisions that should have been taken forward - and again it depends on who - they would cut it off. They would cut it off!

Senior Civil Servant (2): I think a lot has to do with polarisation. They are some governments [pause] - and I am not laying blame on this one. Prior,

Page 62: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

58 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

there was a situation where people weren’t appreciating what you said and if you open your mouth, if they say they want to implement this policy and if you open your mouth and don’t agree with it, then they see you as against the government. So you find that public servants are supposed to be neutral, neutral, right? They would not say much for fear that people would say that person ‘yellow’ or this person ‘green’ and that kind of thing. So you find then that the public officials who should really advise on policy and who should really initiate policy in my mind, sometimes say nothing….

Here the narrative draws on the David and Goliath trope. Senior civil servants frame themselves as neutral arbiters of efficient policy choice and distillation in contrast to the powerful Minister inclined to interfere in the pursuit of a policy objective. Some examples were presented that highlighted the extent to which government agencies, otherwise fit for policy-planning, were by-passed by the political directorate, intent on having its way. Grenada

Senior Civil Servant (2):

Let’s take the community up at St. John. They went and they built two huge stadiums and we are saying, you have several playgrounds where young people would go and engage themselves in sports. Now you have displaced six or seven communities by building two big stadiums that they can’t use. Actually what you have done; you have built a university for people but there is no primary school anymore. So how are they going to use it? And I have been victimised, if you want to use that term. I have been moved from the [job attachment withheld] for no reason. Been there for twenty years, nobody can say why they move me. Put me in the ministry again cause I’m involved in community work! I’ve been doing it for the last twenty, thirty years and one to get involved helping people to be more empowered.

Trinidad and Tobago

Senior Civil Servant (1):

I want to give two specific examples based on the questions that you ask about the political directorate saying what is policy and haven’t yet consulted with the technical public service. One is with the Ministry of [title withheld]

Page 63: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

59Public Policy Theory

and I guess - and these are my words - out of political mileage the minister made an announcement that the higher education loans program would be launched and it was like given the next day. And we who were in the office that administered that were in the process of doing the research on how it should function and the costs. We hadn’t even figured out what the costs would be like in order to figure out the financial impact. And then he goes and announces that we are launching this program to help persons who are pursuing tertiary education. And …in our case we simply didn’t have the chance to work out all the issues concerning that but the policy decision was announced. So, you have that dynamic as well and we are working to catch up. And this also goes back to [name withheld] point about the financial implications. Because we have the money; and I am putting that in quotes; we tend not to look closely at what is the financial impact before we announce the decision. In another society you have to own up to that and tell tax payers how much it is going to cost for them to want to agree with you. And you have to tell them who are these people who are going to benefit and to see if this is something that the society is ready to accept.

Not surprisingly, the complaint about ministerial interference extended to Belize. Do note that a politically appointed CEO stands the place of a Permanent Secretary. In the exchange below, the matter of ministerial interference is challenged. The exchange features a CEO, a representative of a private sector group and a senior civil servant.

Belize

CEO:

And by the way, a minister heads a ministry and I think that that is one of the things that we need. I think I should point this out because sometimes I hear of ministerial interference but if you look at the constitution clearly it speaks to the fact that the minister is responsible for a ministry and has direction and control and that kind of thing. So it is interesting to see how we would look at that.

Private Sector Representative:

With reference to the comment [CEO 1] made about ministerial interference sometimes these committees would meet but even as a board you would

Page 64: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

60 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

have ministerial interference. And I can tell you one in which [we] really advocated for [and that] was the Import License regime in which [the] legislation is being [sic] reviewed. But the way it was set up …. it does not say outright that the minister may grant import licenses to whom or to who but it says that the minister can make regulations. But apart from regulations there was some interference happening in which there were cases in which licenses were grant indiscriminately to whomever.

Trade unionist:

But one of the interesting things that came out of our last negotiation which ended in 2003 is that the government agreed with us to set up two working committees of which there were four persons each. Two from the unions and two from government, going to the different ministries and seeing what the different issues are because generally it has been said – believed - that the public sector is not as productive and efficient as it should be. Of course they are different schools of thought, and reasons for this especially [point to] political interference where many times the officially trained technocrats cannot fully operate within the ambit of the laws and rules which they know govern their sector. But these two committees were set up. We started here in Belmopan then we went to a place like Central Farms, Belize City. And you know one of the big problems that came up – the matter of communication and input. People at the middle management and lower levels in the ministries said they didn’t know what was being discussed and planned at the top by the CEOs, the minister, the assistant heads and thing like that. And so there is missing information and they are the people on the ground interacting with the public day by day. “Oh they need certain goods and equipment and they are not getting it;” that kind of thing. Or people are brought in by the political directorate and put over them and so that was a big concern. They complain about the lack of communication, the lack of input, hearing, and getting to know the needs of their ministry. Well we have two CEOs here that everybody lambaste[d] for their share of the pie in their ministry - and of course the pie, the size of the budget. So when it goes to finance they cut, I think it is where government [decides to] place its priority. I know there is [emphasis on] education and health. And [sic] then it is how effective the technocrats are in lobbying. So those were some of the things. There is a need for professional training. Some people were training in a certain area like let’s say, a data analyst and they were pushed aside because the person who the politician brought in didn’t like that or another one say this is what

Page 65: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

61Public Policy Theory

my work rules say and I don’t want to hear what the minister say and those kind of things. I am mentioning this because inputs are needed in reviews and there is a system that should allow input from the bottom up not just top down.

Implementation Challenges

On the implementation side of the equation, the common complaint related to a chronic lack of legislative drafters to efficiently treat to the conversion of many policy proposals – including those embedded in Government White Papers – into legislation for passage through the legislature. Other inhibiting site factors included inefficient data collection and deployment; policy development devoid of evidence protocols; the absence of inter-Ministerial or inter-agency coordination of policy; and uncertain time-scaling in the policy development process and review stages. Indeed while Cabinet meets once weekly except for the Christmas and New Year period, there is a record of rare and infrequent Parliamentary sittings in 4 of the 8 countries (Belize, Dominica, Grenada and St. Lucia, see Table 1 and Appendix A). This accounts for the lag in significant policy enactment where legislation is part of the process.

Page 66: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

62 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Notes: This overall pattern of in/frequent Parliamentary sittings among some of the countries listed here

has held up to 2015. See also Appendix A.

Role of civil servant as public officer

Many of the statutes under which civil servants act in the Caribbean, enjoin them to do so in the ‘public interest’. Elected officials also claim to act in the public interest. This claim to serve the public interest has been challenged as either a naïve or unproductive one by scholars of public administration (see for example, Kelman, 2005). Classical public-interest theory is both a positive theory about what motivates policy-makers and a normative theory about what should motivate them. The theory posits political actors who act – sometimes perhaps mistakenly – to further a vision of the public good (usually referred to as ‘the public interest’). It is usually silent or arbitrary on the relationship between these publicly motivated policy-makers and their superiors and subordinates. If traditional public-interest theories focus on that relationship, it is usually to ask the classical political question about whether a policy-maker should further his/her own conception of the public interest or bow to his/ her constituents’ or superior’s view of what that public

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 62

Country Year 2009 Year 2010

Notes f in/frequent Parliamentary sitti among some of the cou .

Role of civil servant as public officer

officials also claim to as been

hallenged as either a naïve or unproductive one by scholars of public

: This overall pattern ontries listed here has held up to 2015. See also Appendix A

ngs

Many of the statutes under which civil servants act in the Caribbean, njoin them to do so in the ‘public interest’. Elected e

act in the public interest. This claim to serve the public interest hcadministration (see for example, Kelman, 2005). Classical public-interest theory is both a positive theory about what motivates policy-makers and a normative theory about what should motivate them. The theory posits political actors who act – sometimes perhaps mistakenly – to further a vision of the public good (usually referred to as ‘the public interest’). It is usually silent or arbitrary on the relationship between these publicly motivated policy-makers and their superiors and subordinates. If traditional public-interest theories focus on that relationship, it is usually to ask the classical political question about whether a policy-maker should further his/her own conception of the public interest or bow to his/ her

Barbados 27 28

Belize 9 9

Dominica 2 7

Grenada 11 10

Guyana 37 31

Jamaica 46 50

St. Lucia 9 7

Trinidad and Tobago House of Representatives-

Senate-4834

4638

Page 67: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

63Public Policy Theory

interest is. While the nexus between administration and politics is affected by codes of accountability and transparency, the focus group sessions in this study affirm that policy formulation and policy integration remain very much a locally determined affair between different actors. Their personal virtues, motives and preferences affect the policy formulation and implementation process, as cooperative or adversarial relations are rendered profoundly acute in small societies where encounters are always immediate, leaving memories that cannot be a third remove for the next generation of senior managers.

The profile of the typical civil servant between the ages of 30 and 45 years is that of a committed professional with a bachelor’s degree, desirous of special assignment to advance his/her career. Their senior management colleagues sometimes possess a university-accredited Masters degree, or had served long stints in management positions. Given the latter’s experience at public sector management, they constitute part of the elite of the country. From the focus group sessions, we detect a senior civil servant whose self-image is one of autonomy and independence yet whose function is a mediating one between the political directorate (or elected officials) and international organisations and civil society groups alike. Here she/he performs the role as defender of the public order. The excerpts below are representative of the tenor of conversation along these lines where a sufficient self-conscious understanding of their duty and obligation was evident: A Barbadian Permanent Secretary:

The point that I am making is that you need to have cranial intervention by the political directorate and the bureaucrats from your country to make sure that, well while this is the international agreement, this is the scope I have, but let me try to see if I get the best agreement out of that. I think that we have managed to do so. I also think that we have managed to assert our suzerainty in the area of the social partnerships that we were just talking about as well. Where the IMF would come and say this is the way we do it and so on and so forth; fortunately we had bureaucrats and we had Dr. Worrell at the Central Bank at the time who said Barbados is going to work out a solution in concert with its social partners and so on and does not have the stringencies of the normal IMF agreements and so on. So where as we have to have agreement based on those international forums and so on, we would expect that we have domestic flexibility. We assert ourselves in

Page 68: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

64 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

that respect and that is why, for instance, Kofi Annan would describe us as having the punch above our weight.

A Grenadian Senior Public Manager:

You look at the public service now, all right, and I believe that over the years people have forgotten what they roles are and that it has been bastardised to such an extent that politicians no longer know what they roles are. So for example, when you talk about aptitude, a fella who has been driving taxi for the last twenty years gets elected on the basis of popularity or whatever. He is seen as a do-gooder and has a big mouth or may have some genuine community whatever and he becomes in charge of a ministry the next day: you expect to get directions from him? So what is the role of the public servant in this? But then we need to go further back and ask ourselves, as people, what do we demand of our politicians? And that when somebody comes in office and is responsible for decisions, you know - what criteria… are we sure that they are passing so that when they get into this position they are going to have some level of competence and capacity? So it’s a big issue, a question of governance here. Now, what is the role of the public servant as well, right? It has become fashionable for public servants to say that, well, it’s the minister.

The Grenadian excerpt also introduces another element. Both policy and planning are interrelated but draw upon dis-similar techniques and methodologies. Policy is prepared with the help of policy analysis; planning itself has its own techniques that include projections, target setting and priority establishment. The planning task is to attempt to translate policy into plans, programmes and projects, optimising the use of resources within a fixed-term period. The implementation of such plans and projects require cooperation among various groups of people including stakeholders, the media, the civil service and the Cabinet. From the above Grenadian dialogue, we learn especially from senior civil servant and trade union participants that public policy formulation and implementation turns on the quality of interpersonal relationships, and that these relationships occasionally ran up hard against structural limitations to do with roles and responsibilities, and the reach of power and influence. Altogether this produced a role dilemma for civil servants with academic skills and experience. The civil servant opts for the path of least resistance, retreating from his/her epistemic role as creative thinker and innovator in the policy formulation and implementation

Page 69: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

65Public Policy Theory

process, choosing instead the bureaucratic role in which rule-following and regularity are rewarded.

Following insights originating from scholars who constitute part of the argumentative turn, the role of the public servant can be reconceptualised as a facilitator of public engagement, and not key policy practitioner in the centre of the policy universe. Following Feldman and Khadermian (2007), the public administrator here should become the creator of ‘communities of participation’. In this regard we ought to conceptually elevate Dewey’s (1971) public enlightenment notion as key to facilitating problem questioning and policy practice.

Engaging Stakeholders

The effect of stakeholder consultation is also raised in the above exchanges. The transmission of their input into policy was generally affirmed with reference to examples of special interest representation and consultation. The focus groups in the study however placed a value on formalised tripartite dialogue as in the example of the social partnership in Barbados. But generally while the respondents spoke candidly about the current structures, institutions and processes involved in public policy making, there was no sense of a limiting or compromised democratic practice. Reference to special influence lobbying was discussed in neutral terms of either the rigour of their preparation and determination, or the shrewdness of their tactics and political contacts. In small societies, access to resources and the over-representation of elites across different non-governmental organisations bodies serve to skew the true representativeness of civil society in public policy dialogue. This is captured in an observation made by a CEO (read Permanent Secretary) in Belize:

Belize

We have a number of bodies - the one that [the trade unionist] mentioned - the National Council for Education which again is a broad based body of stakeholders. And its job is advisory, to advise the minister. So when the minister is putting out policy or new amendments to policies that they believe to be warranted, that’s their input showcased. But apart from the National Council for Education we have the Joint Education Staff Relations Council. Again, [this is] a broad based representative body and you will

Page 70: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

66 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

find that the same people who sit on one office is in the other. And so it is almost like an opportunity to “double-dip”. And apart from that there are also individuals in the stakeholder groups that still want individual access. So apart from having the discussion at the round table with everybody sitting and everybody hearing what everybody’s interests are, there is also the need to lobby on the side. And we would come to an agreement that this is the way we want to go, but having left the table, you come back and come to the side door and say “well you know, I really would want this instead”…To some extent it is a representation of our political culture. My experience has been that everyone wants the rules to apply to everyone else, except themselves. Everybody wants access to favours. But clearly laissez-faire lobbyism presents threats to democratic openness (Williamson 1989). Similarly, where the accounts of respondents touch on the question of small societies and social interconnectedness among technocratic elites, politicians and businesspersons, the point often emphasised was the high degree of trust and social capital such advantages engender. Left unconsidered is the impact this may have on professional autonomy. Once actors start to behave less formally because of familiarity, this complicates the professional neutrality that is required in policy development.

An alternative scenario would need to take as its principal objective, extending the democratisation of society by facilitating participation of a broad range of interest groups in developing public policy at all levels and in a number of different (policy) sectors. Helping to level the policy playing fields requires accessing the most marginalised of groupings into the process of policy formulation; guaranteeing representation to these groups (as an incentive to organise), and offering them material resources to organise and participate in these processes.

Extending the process of democratisation also requires supplementing the processes of political and economic contestation. A very important route to exercising influence on public policy in some countries of the North, for different interest groups, is via the mechanism of the political party. These groups regard party political processes as ultimately paramount and parliament or its equivalent as the final arbiter. But it considers those processes only as necessary and not sufficient to achieve democracy. In North America, representation is not restricted to certain policy areas (the economy) or to certain privileged actors. By contrast, laissez-faire lobbyism

Page 71: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

67Public Policy Theory

obtains in the Caribbean through personal and interest group contacts with key political party members and state officials. This means that the processes of policy making are not always open and transparent as there is a need for institutionalisation and formalisation of procedures.

Time-scaling

Every policy development exercise is likely to have its own distinctive characteristics. Some exercises may have to be taken forward urgently and stages of the process which would normally take weeks have to be taken forward in days (usually involving redeployment of staff), or omitted. If it involves legislation, the drafting and passage of such can add up to a further eighteen (18) months to the overall process from when the policy is established. So that the overall timescale for development and implementation varies depending on a range of factors, including the urgency or political priority of the issue, whether legislation is required and the methodology adopted. Put differently, policy development turns on the axis of political will, the friction or appeal effect that such policy may have on special interest groups and wider society, the capacity of the legislative drafters, and the buy-in of the public service. In each country discussion, numerous examples were on offer in relation to the pace of the legislative process. Examples of policies that were passed as laws overnight or in the course of a few weeks related to national security, border and immigration controls, and disaster management. There was nonetheless acceptance that short of the passage of the annual Estimates and Budgetary Proposals, the legislative agenda remains clogged due to an insufficient amount of legislative drafters, and in countries like St. Lucia, for example, the infrequent convening of Parliament leading to delays in the passage of legislation. While a greater percentage of respondents perceive the timescale between policy analysis, policy formulation and policy implementation less-than-optimum (Table 2), wider discussions based on responses to questions about the level and reach of consultation yielded the following claims:

• Quite often it was not clear what criteria was used to determine or assess policy relevance.

• Not all ministries/agencies had the staff capacity with proper technical knowledge and experience to conduct research, evaluation, and monitoring and analysis.

Page 72: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

68 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

• Data collection when undertaken, was not always done systematically and effectively to match the needs of users. This revealed the need for sound management information systems.

• Studies were not consistently done within a relevant time limit. Some studies, especially on policy issues carried out under severe time constraints, faced the problem of quality control. Studies which were not completed in time could not be taken into consideration. Such situations constitute not only a waste of time, money and energy, but also lead to the discouragement of the staff involved.

• Delays were also the result of a loss of support from interest groups and disquiet on both sides of the political divide in the legislature.

Table 2

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 68

Not all ministries/agencies had the staff capacity with proper technical knowledge and experience to conduct research, evaluation, and monitoring and analysis.

he needs of users. This revealed the need for sound management information systems.

re time constraints, faced the problem of quality control. Studies

uiet on both sides of the political divide in the gislature.

Table 2

Data collection when undertaken, was not always done systematically and effectively to match t

Studies were not consistently done within a relevant time limit. Some studies, especially on policy issues carried out under seve

which were not completed in time could not be taken into consideration. Such situations constitute not only a waste of time, money and energy, but also lead to the discouragement of the staff involved.

Delays were also the result of a loss of support from interest groups and disqle

Page 73: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

69Public Policy Theory

Effect of stakeholder consultation on formulation of public policy

The importance of stakeholder consultation emerged as a key point of discussion for effective policy development. Participants agree that interaction and trust remain high across the respective countries. However further testing of these claims yielded different country responses. While participants in Barbados and Guyana found the level of civil society consultation in public policy formulation and implementation adequate, the other focus group sessions pointed to the need for more meaningful dialogue and feedback. The Barbados focus group participants placed a strong emphasis on how social harmony is achieved through formal social partnership arrangements that has seen the signing of five Protocols since 1991. The Social Partnership is one such prism through which policy proposals, Green Papers and White Papers are considered. Of equal interest, the farmer lobbies in St. Lucia and Dominica and the rice association in Guyana appear to enjoy access to key Ministry and Cabinet officials, largely the result of effective lobbying and network associations. Their feedback is deemed essential by the political class for legitimacy purposes. St. Lucia’s talk radio programmes might otherwise provide a forum for free expression and the presentation of alternatives except that the moderators host what are essentially rival political party time slots. This makes for a tribal public discourse.

Overall, the trade unions and Chambers of Commerce were most frequently consulted in those areas of public policy falling outside of special interest concentration. Consultation with academic and research organisations tended to be contract-driven. Women’s organisations and farmer associations also featured but the overwhelming view among participants from these groups was that they were included only where trade, economic or social policy proposals were expected to improve or impact upon their membership. Tables 4 and 5 accordingly capture the sense of low impact the media has on shaping public policy and the need for robust critique and presentation of alternatives in public policy formulation and implementation.

The accounts about the consultation experience exposed some concrete shortcomings in the process.

Page 74: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

70 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Time Limits for Consultations

While consultation periods must strike a reasonable balance between the need for adequate input and the need for swift decision-making, the variance in time limits for consultation ranged between four (4) to eight (8) weeks. A review of international best practice refers to a conventional standard of 12 weeks.6 The principle is that the timing of consultation ought to commence as early as possible and closely linked to the reality of government decision-making calendars (for instance regarding legislative programmes or deadlines for international negotiations). Time Limits for Consultation

Participants drawn from those associations in frequent consultations with governments on policy, trade unionists, business groups, and civil society organisations in the voluntary sector expressed exhaustion, particularly in relation to written consultation exercises. The Green Paper and internal and external policy framework documents are often written in the language of policy science. It would seem more appropriate as a rule to publish written documents when policy development is reasonably well advanced and there are clear proposals or a range of options on which to consult. At any rate this reveals a failure to commence targeted and informal consultations early in the process. As a rule of thumb, informal consultations should take the form of a stakeholder analysis exercise based on the question ‘Who or what is likely to be affected by this initiative?’

Conclusion

From the extant discussions and interviews, what obtains is a commonsense approach, rooted in pragmatism and problem-solving. Attention is paid to the application of market-enabling measures, sustainability protocols associated with marine, water, waste and coastal management, social policy, and trade,

6 See for example, the European Commission Consultation Standards (2002)‘General principles and minimum standards for consultation of interested parties by the Commission’. http://ec.europa.eu/transparency/civil_society/consultation_standards/index_en.htm Accessed: January 26 2012; OECD Public Management Policy Brief (June, 2001) `Engaging Citizens in Policy Making’. http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/24/34/2384040.pdf Accessed: January 26 2012;

Page 75: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

71Public Policy Theory

security and development policy. In the absence of a vibrant, bi-partisan discourse among diverse groups on governance, the politics of the common good, the role of markets, the use of public finances, citizenship entitlement, and economic renewal, political participation in the Caribbean takes on the colour of bureaucratic routine. This provides clues as to why ministries function as silos, and why inter-ministerial policy coordination loosens beneath the Cabinet structure. There is little evidence of an extant culture of horizontal policy dialogue within and across the public service, except in the case of the Planning Institute of Jamaica and policy units in the Ministries of Agriculture and/or the Environment within the other countries. The need for joined-up thinking across Ministries and agencies nevertheless remains acute. Each Ministry operates in accordance to its hierarchical structure of governance as commands and advice flow vertically and in feedback loops from the Permanent Secretary – or the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) in the case of Belize - and the Minister, to line departments.

Where a social policy, or an economic policy requires inter-ministerial interface and stakeholder consultation both for formulation and implementation purposes, efficiency in the timescale turns on the quality of social relationships and familiarity of the professionals involved, the urgency of the Minister(s) involved, or both. Otherwise the policy process is clogged by attention to long-established procedures of protocol which centre on serving notice of intentions, establishing the lines of authority and contact, and preparing a joint, evidence-based policy proposal. This iterative process of ‘file-preparation’ may ultimately run up hard against two final hurdle tests: passing muster with the Ministries of Finance, and, if it is to become law, navigating the legislative writing and Parliamentary process. The net result is inordinately long timelines for developing public policy among some island governments in the study. Platforms for electronic government or e-government dispatch of information and services have only begun in some countries less than ten years ago. It is envisaged that with greater accessibility, e-government will contribute to the implementation of policy but training in programme management for policy staff and in problem-questioning and policy-making techniques more generally should commence as a matter of urgency. This is necessary for enabling the turn away from the bureaucratic role in which rule-following and regularity are rewarded towards adoption of an epistemic role as creative thinker, innovator and facilitator of public engagement.

Page 76: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

72 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

APPENDIX A

Parliamentary Meetings/Sittings 2009 and 2010

Note: Trinidad and Tobago parliament is bicameral. House of Representatives have meetings separate

from the Senate.

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 72

towards adoption of an epistemic role as creative thinker, innovator and facilitator of public engagement.

APPENDIX A

Parliamentary Meetings/Sittings 2009 and 2010

Country Year 2009 Year 2010

Barbados 27 28

Belize 9 9

Dominica 2 7

Grenada 11 10

Guyana 37 31

Note: Trinidad and Tobago parliameneparate from the Senate.

t is bicameral. House of Representatives have etings sme

Jamaica 46 50

St. Lucia 9 7

Trinidad and Tobago House of Representatives-

Senate-4834

4638

Page 77: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

73Public Policy Theory

Grenada

Meetings of the House of Representatives:

The House met eleven (11) times for the year 2009:

1. 27th January, 20092. 3rd March, 20093. 17th March, 2009 (Special Sitting)4. 31st March, 20095. 28th April, 20096. 19th May, 20097. 2nd June, 20098. 14th July, 20099. 29th September, 200910. 30th October, 200911. 1st December, 2009

The House met ten (10) times for the year 2010:

1. 15th January, 2010 (Budget)2. 9th March, 20103. 9th April, 20104. 14th May, 20105. 8th June, 2010 (Special Sitting)6. 22nd June, 20107. 27th July, 20108. 15th October, 2010 9. 29th October, 201010. 14th December, 2010

From: [email protected] [mailto:[email protected]] Daniele BlackmanSecretary to the ClerkHouse of Parliament - GrenadaTel. 440-2090/3456 ext 228Fax. 440-4138

Page 78: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

74 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

St. Lucia

Meetings of the House of Representatives:

For the year 2009 – 9 meetings

For the year 2010 – 7 meetings

Clerk of Parliament Clerk Parliament [mailto:[email protected]]Parliament Office Old Government BuildingsLaborie StreetCastriesSaint LuciaTelephone - (758)-468-3917Fax - (758)-452-5451

Dominica

Meetings for the House of Representatives:

Dominica has a unicameral Legislative.

For the year 2009 – 2 meetings

For the year 2010 - 7 meetings

House of Assembly [mailto:[email protected]]For, Clerk House of AssemblyMiss Sandra Newton(Junior Clerk)

Page 79: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

75Public Policy Theory

Belize

Meeting of the House of Representatives:

For the year 2009 - Nine (9) sittings

For the year 2010 - Nine (9) sittings

Clarita PechDeputy ClerkNational Assembly of Belize(501)822-2142Clerk NA [mailto:[email protected]]

Barbados

Meetings of the House of Representatives:

2009 – 27 sittings

2010 – 28 sittings

Miss Suzanne HamblinParliament of BarbadosParliament BuildingsTrafalgar StreetBRIDGETOWNTel: 427-2019 Ext 224 (246) 427-1461 (Direct)Fax: (246) 436-1310email: [email protected]: www.barbadosparliament.com

Page 80: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

76 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Jamaica

Meetings of the House of Representatives:

Calendar Year No. of Meetings

2009 46

2010 50

Heather Cooke [mailto:[email protected]]

Trinidad and Tobago

Meetings of the House of Representatives:

Number of sittings of the House of Representatives- 2009- 48 2010- 34 Number of Sittings of the Senate- 2009- 46

2010- 38 Source:

The website of the Parliament of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago www.ttparliament.org Julien OgilvieProcedural Clerk AssistantClerk of the HouseOffice of the Parliament of the

Page 81: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

77Public Policy Theory

Republic of Trinidad and Tobago1 (868) 623-25651 (868) 717-3890 (mobile)

Guyana

Meeting of the House of Representatives:

Calendar Year No. of Meetings

2009 37

2010 31

Hermina GilgeoursAssistant Clerk of the National AssemblyParliament OfficePublic BuildingsBrickdamStabroekGeorgetownTel: 592 - 225 - 9538592 - 2268456- 9 ext 256

Page 82: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

78 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

References

Anderson, J.E.,Brady D.W and Bullock C III (2000) ‘Introduction to Policy Study’, in Miyakawa, T. (ed). (2000). The Science of Policy: Essential Readings in Policy Sciences II, London: Routledge. (pp. 9-38).

Bacchi, C. (2009) Analysing Policy: What’s the Problem Represented to be? Frenchs Forest: Pearson, Australia

Barriteau, E. (1998) ‘Theorising Gender Systems and the Project of Modernity in the Twentieth-Century Caribbean’, Feminist Review, No.59 Summer. (pp.186-210).

______ (2001). The Political Economy of Gender in the Twentieth-Century Caribbean, New York: Palgrave.

Bevir,M., and Rhodes, R.A.W. (2012) ‘Interpretivism and the Analysis of Traditions and Practices’, Critical Policy Studies, 6 (2), (pp.201–208).

Bishop, M.L. (2013). The Political Economy of Caribbean Development, Basingstoke, Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan.

Block, F. (1987) Revising State Theory: Essays in Politics and Postindustrialism, Philadelphia: Temple University Press. (Chapters 3-5).

Brown, D.R. (ed.) (1998) Selected Issues and Problems in Social Policy: Studies in Caribbean Public Policy, Mona, University of the West Indies: Canoe Press.

Brown, D.R. (2010) ‘Institutional Development in Small States: Evidence from the Commonwealth Caribbean’, Halduskultuur: Administrative Culture, 11(1), (pp.44-65).

Cawson, A. (1986) Corporatism and Political Theory, Oxford: Basil Blackwell.Chandler, D. (2015) ‘A World without Causation: Big Data and the Coming of Age

of Posthumanism’, Millennium: Journal of International Studies, Vol.43, No.3, June. (pp. 833-851).

Colebatch, H.K. (2010) ‘Giving Accounts of Policy Work’, in H.K. Colebatch, R. Hope and M. Noordegraaf (eds) Working For Policy, Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press pp.31-43.

Dewey, J. (1971). How We Think: A Restatement of the Relation of Reflective Thinking to the Educative Process (Second Revised Edition), Chicago, IL: Henry Regnery.

Dryzek, J.S. (1990) Discursive Democracy: Politics, Policy and Political Science. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Edie, C.J. (1991). Democracy by Default: Dependency and Clientelism in Jamaica, Boulder and London: Lynne Reinner.

Feldman, M.S. and Khadermian, A.M. (2007) ‘The Role of the Public Manager in Inclusion: Creating Communities of Participation’, Governance, 20 (2). (pp. 305–324).

Page 83: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

79Public Policy Theory

Fischer F, and Gottweiss, H. (2013) ‘The Argumentative Turn in Public Policy Revisited: Twenty Year Later’ in Critical Policy Studies Vol. 7, No.4. (pp. 425-433).

Fitzpatrick, J., Goggin, M., Heikkila, T., Klingner, D., Machado, J. and Martell, C. (2011) ‘A New Look at Comparative Public Administration: Trends in Research and an Agenda for the Future’, Public Administration Review, 71(6), (pp.821-830).

Forester, J. (1993) Critical Theory, Public Policy, and Planning Practice: Toward a Critical Pragmatism, Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Gupta, S.S. (2013) ‘State Autonomy, Nationality Question and Self-Determination in India – Response of the State’, Journal of Political Science and Public Affairs, 1:2 http://dx.doi.org/10.4172/jpspa.1000104. (Accessed: August 3rd 2015).

Gray, O. (2004) Demeaned but Empowered: The Social Power of the Urban Poor in Jamaica, Mona, Kingston: University of the West Indies Press.

Hawkesworth, M.E. (1988) Theoretical Issues in Policy Analysis, Albany: State University of New York Press.

Jessop, B. (1982) The Capitalist State: Marxist Theories and Methods, Oxford: Blackwell.

______ (2007). State Power: A Strategic-Relational Approach, Cambridge: Polity Press.

Kellman, S. (2005) Unleashing Change: A Study of Organisational Renewal in Government, Washington DC: Brookings Institution Press.

Kitzinger, J. (1995) ‘Qualitative Research: Introducing Focus Groups’, BMJ http://www.bmj.com/content/311/7000/299.short

Lasswell, H.(1971) A Pre-View of Policy Sciences, New York: American Elsevier.Lewis, L.(ed). (2013) Caribbean Sovereignty, Development and Democracy in an

Age of Globalisation, New York: Routledge.Majone, G. (1989). Evidence, Argument and Persuasion in the Policy Process. New

Haven, CT: Yale University Press.Marsh, D., and Rhodes, R.A.W. (2002) `Policy Communities and Issue Networks:

Beyond Typologies’, in J. Scott (ed.) Social Networks: Critical Concepts in Sociology, London: Routledge. (pp.89-119).

Marshall, D.D. (1998). Caribbean Political Economy at the Crossroads, Basingstoke, Hampshire: Macmillan.

______ (2007) ‘The New International Financial Architecture and Caribbean OFCs: Confronting Financial Stability Discourse’, Third World Quarterly, Vol.38, No. 5. (pp. 917-938).

Mills, G. E. (1973) ‘The Environment of Commonwealth Caribbean Bureaucracies’ in International Review of Administrative Sciences, Vol. 39, No.1. pp. 14-24;

______ (1974) `Public Policy and Private Enterprise in the Commonwealth

Page 84: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

80 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Caribbean’ in Social and Economic Studies, Vol.23, No.2;Mills, G.E. and Witter, W. (1996) ‘Jamaica: Administrative Reform – An Overview’ in M. Garrity and L.A. Picard (eds) Policy Reform for Sustainable

Development in the Caribbean, Amsterdam: IOS Press and International Institute of Administrative Sciences. pp. 15-24.

Minto-Coy, I.D. and Bermam, E.M. (eds). (2015) Public Administration and Policy in the Caribbean, Florida: CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group LLC.

Miyakawa, T. (ed). (2000) The Science of Policy: Essential Readings in Policy Sciences II, London: Routledge.

Morgan, D. L. (1998) Planning Focus Groups, California: Sage Publications;Payne, A. and Sutton, P. (2001) Charting Caribbean Development, London and

Oxford: Macmillan Education Ltd.Peters, B. G. (1996) The Future of Governing, Lawrence, KA: University of Kansas

PressRein, M and White, S. (1977) ‘Policy Research: Belief and Doubt’, Policy Analysis,

3, (pp.239–271).Revauger, J. (2008) ‘Regional Integration in the Commonwealth Caribbean and the

Impact of the European Union’, Round Table, 97 (399), (pp.857-869).Ryan, S. (1999) Winner Takes All - The Westminster Experience in the Caribbean, St.

Augustine, Trinidad and Tobago: I.S.E.R. University of the West Indies.Schoburgh, D.E. (2012) ‘Local Government and Local Development: Bridging

the Gap through Critical Discourse: Evidence from the Commonwealth Caribbean’, Commonwealth Journal of Local Governance, (10), (pp.5-31).

Skocpol, T and Rueschemeyer, D. (1996) States, Social Knowledge, and the Origins of Modern Social Policies, New Jersey: Princeton University Press.

Soverall, W. and Khan, J. (2009) ‘The Changing Face of Organisational Culture and Public Sector Performance’, Journal of Public Sector Policy

Analysis, Vol. 3. pp. 81-95. Government of Barbados: Ministry of Economic Affairs, Empowerment, Innovation, Trade, Industry and Commerce.

Stone, C. (1983) Democracy and Clientelism in Jamaica, New Brunswick and London: Transaction Books.

Turnbull, N. (2013) ‘The Questioning Theory of Policy Practice: Outline of an Integrated Analytical Framework’, Critical Policy Studies, Vol. 7, No.2, (pp.115-131).

Williamson, P. (1989) Corporatism in Perspective: An Introductory Guide to Corporatist Theory. (London: Sage).Wint, A, (2003) Competitiveness in Small Developing Economies: Insights from the

Caribbean, Mona: University of the West Indies Press.

Page 85: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Vol. 40, No. 1, Apr 2015 pp. 81-109

Supporting the Growth of Service Exports in the Caribbean

Winston MooreDept. of Management Studies

The University of the West Indies, BARBADOSand

Justin CarterThe Central Bank of Barbados, Barbados

Abstract

The Caribbean is highly dependent on services as a means of generating growth, employment and foreign exchange earnings. In large measure, however, there is a limited understanding of the factors that encourage service companies in the region to enter foreign markets. This paper provides an empirical assessment of the export propensity of Caribbean service companies in order to identify the key factors that either support or hinder export market participation. The results indicate that company size, export promotion, the type of industry, informal competition, theft and disorder as well as the availability of labour skills were the most important determinants of the export decision as well as export intensity. Moreover, support for export promotion efforts in the Caribbean had the largest marginal effect on firms’ export decisions. The paper therefore recommends that policymakers in the region need to refocus their policy interventions, as most support to date has focused on issues that would enable firms to capture a greater share of the domestic market rather than export market support.

Key words: Export propensity; Service companies; Export Promotion; Export Decision

Copyright © Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, (Cave Hill), 2015

Page 86: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

82 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Introduction

Caribbean economies are highly dependent on services for the generation of economic activity and employment opportunities. In 2013, approximately 62 per cent of gross domestic product (GDP) in Caribbean small states was due to the activities of service industries (Figure 1). In some Caribbean countries, the proportion of economic activity accounted for by services is even higher. In Antigua and Barbuda, the Bahamas, Barbados, Grenada and St. Lucia, more than 80 per cent of the economic activity arises due to service-related activities, while in Jamaica, St. Kitts and Nevis as well as St. Vincent and the Grenadines the proportion was over 70 per cent.

Figure 1: Services (% of GDP) in Various Regions (2013)

Source: World Bank’s World Development Indicators

Services exports from Caribbean small states, however, are miniscule when compared to most other regions (Figure 2). Europe and Central Asia’s exports of services in 2013 were over $14 trillion, more than double that of the next largest region (East Asia and Pacific). In contrast, service exports from Caribbean small states were just $36 billion, almost 3 times smaller than the next region (Sub-Saharan Africa).

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 82

Introduction

Caribbean economies are highly dependent on services for the generation of economic activity and employment opportunities. In 2013, approximately 62 per cent of gross domestic product (GDP) in Caribbean small states was due to the activities of service industries (Figure 1). In some Caribbean countries, the proportion of economic activity accounted for by services is even higher. In Antigua and Barbuda, the Bahamas, Barbados, Grenada and St. Lucia, more than 80 per cent of the economic activity arises due to service-related activities, while in Jamaica, St. Kitts and Nevis as well as St. Vincent and the Grenadines the proportion was over 70 per cent.

Figure 1: Services (% of GDP) in Various Regions (2013)

Source: World Bank’s World Development Indicators

Services exports from Caribbean small states, however, are miniscule when compared to most other regions (Figure 2). Europe and Central Asia’s exports of services in 2013 were over $14 trillion, more than

Page 87: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

83Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Figure 2: Services Exports from Various Regions (2013)

Source: World Bank’s World Development Indicators

Although Caribbean small states only account for a relatively small share of world exports of services, most of these countries are highly dependent on service exports (mainly tourism and financial services). In 2012, approximately 42 per cent of total exports were due to services compared to 31 per cent for South Asia and 23 per cent in Europe (Figure 3). Therefore, while relatively small players in terms of overall exports of services, these countries are highly dependent on their service industries to generate economic activity and earn foreign exchange.

83 Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

double that of the next largest region (East Asia and Pacific). In contrast, service exports from Caribbean small states were just $36 billion, almost 3 times smaller than the next region (Sub-Saharan Africa).

Figure 2: Services Exports from Various Regions (2013)

Source: World Bank’s World Development Indicators

Although Caribbean small states only account for a relatively small share of world exports of services, most of these countries are highly dependent on service exports (mainly tourism and financial services). In 2012, approximately 42 per cent of total exports were due to services compared to 31 per cent for South Asia and 23 per cent in Europe (Figure 3). Therefore, while relatively small players in terms of overall exports of services, these countries are highly dependent on their service industries to generate economic activity and earn foreign exchange.

Page 88: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

84 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Figure 3: Service Exports (% of Exports of Goods and Services) in Various Regions (2012)

Source: World Bank’s World Development Indicators

Economic concentration, however, can result in increased economic volatility (Moore and Walkes, 2010), and as a result Caribbean countries have sought to diversify their economies to reduce these vulnerabilities. Erikson and Lawrence (2008) also note that by developing competitive service industries, the region can create further avenues for sustainable growth, employment and linkages with other areas of the economy.

This paper contributes to the literature in three main areas. First, it provides an assessment of the various factors that explain the export performance of firms from small states relative to those found in the literature. Second, the role of policy interventions to either offset the constraints placed on firms due to their size and/or support for internationalisation is examined.

The remainder of this study is structured as follows. Following the introduction, the paper reviews the literature to identify key factors that have been found by previous studies to explain the export propensity of service companies around the world. In Section 3, an assessment of the propensity of Caribbean service companies to export is provided while Section 4 outlines

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 84

Figure 3: Service Exports (% of Exports of Goods and Services) in Various Regions (2012)

Source: World Bank’s World Development Indicators

Economic concentration, however, can result in increased economic volatility (Moore and Walkes, 2010), and as a result Caribbean countries have sought to diversify their economies to reduce these vulnerabilities. Erikson and Lawrence (2008) also note that by developing competitive service industries, the region can create further avenues for sustainable growth, employment and linkages with other areas of the economy.

This paper contributes to the literature in three main areas. First, it provides an assessment of the various factors that explain the export performance of firms from small states relative to those found in the literature. Second, the role of policy interventions to either offset the constraints placed on firms due to their size and/or support for internationalisation is examined.

Page 89: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

85Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

the methodological approach used in the study to explain the propensity of firms to export services. Section 5 provides a summary of the results and the implications for policymakers in Caribbean small states and those interested in supporting the growth of export services generally.

Review of Related Literature

Internationalisation of Services

Most of the literature on the export participation decision has largely focused on manufacturing industries (Sousa, Martinez-Lopez, and Coelho, 2008). Exporting goods means that the firm will need to engage in supply-chain management, transportation, logistics, to name a few, which differ from the requirements for service exports (Knight, 1999). Edvardsson, Edvinsson and Nystrom (1993) develop a conceptual framework for analysing the internationalisation of knowledge-sensitive service companies. The process is divided into four stages: prospecting, introduction, consolidation and reorientation. This framework was then evaluated by collecting data from ten service companies in Sweden over ten years at different stages of the internationalisation process and various service categories. Information was obtained from personal interviews and documents that described the internationalisation process. In general, the results suggest that successful internationalisation is often associated with offering competitive services at home as well as having financial resources and management capacities for international growth. In addition to the above factors, the results also support the importance of dependability and evidence of competence, good judgement and commitment.

It should be noted, however, that service companies are very heterogeneous: the factors that support the internationalisation of one firm might not hold for other enterprises. Vinh, Patterson and Styles (2005) identify four types of service products: (1) location-free professional services (for example, consultants); (2) location-bound customised projects (for example, engineering); (3) standardised service packages (for example, software); and, (4) value-added customised projects. Given the diversity in service firm types, this might mean that the variables that drive export services may differ from one service enterprise to another. Vinh et al. (2005) segment these companies into four quadrants varying with the degree of tangibility and face-to-face contact, as well as identifies eight determinants of export

Page 90: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

86 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

market performance (technical facilitation, process quality, relational competence, cultural sensitivity, country of origin, managing tangible cues, service climate, product differentiability and top management commitment). The authors therefore advise that researchers should be careful in applying the traditional export performance framework to service firms.

Most firms in the Caribbean tend to be small companies producing primarily for the domestic market. Therefore, while export market participation provides a larger potential market for the outputs of these firms, resource constraints can act as a significant hurdle. In addition to these firm-specific constraints, external factors may also significantly influence potential foreign market participation. Laanti, McDougnall and Baume (2009) examine the issue of international market participation among service companies from small open economies. The paper considered five types of factors that could potentially influence the internationalisation decision (global, industry specific, home country, company specific and host country factors) and employed a cross-border multiple-case study approach. The authors found that the determinants of the internationalisation of these service companies often varied from the literature on the internationalisation of manufacturing companies. Key home-country specific determinants of internationalisation were developments in relation to deregulation, growth of the industry, technological developments and industry structure. Laanti et al. (2009) mentioned key size constraints such as the size of the domestic markets, limited resources and the need to search for further customers. The authors did, however, suggest that entering foreign markets from a small country could be helpful, as existing firms often underestimate the competitive threat.

Effectiveness of Policy Support Mechanisms

An increase in export activity benefits domestic economic performance (Ekanayake, 1999; Ram, 1987). As such, policy makers have long initiated export promotion policies on the premise that these would allow firms to enter new markets or become more competitive in existing markets. Government assistance was also justified due to asymmetry of information and other market failures. For example, there are significant externalities associated with conducting foreign market research as it relates to consumer preference, business opportunities, quality and technical requirements, among other things and this comes at a hefty cost that most small- to medium-sized firms

Page 91: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

87Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

are either unwilling or unable to pay. Greenaway and Kneller (2007) also note that the case for export promotion is also supported by the relatively high cost of breaking into new markets and the level of uncertainty associated with international trade given the differences in legislation.

The structure of export promotion programmes is an important element of their effectiveness. Inadequately structured support programmes, with limited penetration, normally have little or no impact on the export propensity of firms (Gray, 1997; Rosson and Seringhaus, 1991). The literature on the effectiveness of these support schemes has not been definitive. During the 1980s, the World Bank conducted an assessment on developing countries and in this report they argue that government-funded export promotion had no significant effect on increasing exports (Hogan, Keesing, Singer, and Mundial, 1991). Kedia and Chhokar (1986) also reported similar results for the United States of America. However, their conclusion was that this was due to a lack of awareness and given greater dissemination of information regarding its existence, the results may have differed. In the case of Austria and Canada, the idea that there is limited awareness of these facilities was not supported by Seringhaus and Botschen (1991). Surveying around 600 firms in Canada and Austria, they found that export promotion initiatives used by firms were low because the programmes were not addressing the needs of exporters. Similarly, Gencturk and Kotabe (2001), using a sample of 162 US firms, report that the usage of export programmes only increased profitability and did not result in greater sales. These findings suggest that externalities did not exist across firms and export programmes only stood as a transfer of cost from the firm to government. The study also found that exporters with the most experience profited from government programmes more than new exporters, which goes against traditional goals of export promotion policy.

During the last decade there has been a switch in the findings in the literature. The rationale underlying these recent criticisms of Keesing and Singer (1991) was that the early failures of export promotion agencies (EPAs) were mainly due to import substitution policies that made the job of EPAs very difficult. Lederman, Olarreaga and Payton (2010) concluded that national EPAs have, on average, a strong and statistically significant impact on exports.

EPAs can be particularly useful for promoting non-traditional exports, as an adequately funded agency can help overcome the costs and risks of entering

Page 92: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

88 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

unfamiliar and demanding international markets (Helleiner, 2002). Czinkota (2002) further argues that governments should seek to find out what firms need to start exporting and alert them when they are ready to extend their product across borders. This is because many executives do not initiate export activities because of the uncertainty associated with new elements, such as variable currency exchange rates, increases in transportation costs, government regulations, and new legal and financial systems, among other factors. The government is well-situated to assist firms overcome such barriers. To add to the argument of Czinkota (2002), de Wulf (2001) posits that the key problem with export promotion programmes was the lack of funding and that well-funded programmes, such as the case with Korea, China and Taiwan, could overcome bad policy environments.

Macario (2000) identified the policies that determine successes and failures in Brazil, Chile, Colombia, and Mexico. By conducting interviews with successful exporters, the author was able to compile a set of recommendations for enhancing the efficiency of export promotion agencies. The conclusions of the study was that policies should be directed to firms with new products or firms entering untapped markets, emphasis should be placed on cost-sharing to ensure that the programme targets firms dedicated to exporting. In addition, support should be capped at 2-3 years to prevent the programme morphing into a subsidy and should be seen as a joint initiative between the private and public sectors, since agencies subjected to both public and private management tend to perform best.

The Data

The data used in this study consists of firm-level observations for 11 Caribbean countries. The data was obtained from the World Bank’s Enterprise Surveys conducted between 2009 and 2010. A stratified random sampling approach along with a structured survey was used to collect all the information. This sampling approach therefore allows for comparison across countries.

The sample for each country was stratified by firm-size, sector of activity and location within the country. Firms included in the survey represent the non-agricultural private sector of the economy. The Enterprise Survey Database, however, does not capture the education and health care services industries. Finally the sample used is cross-sectional, that is, one observation per firm in a given year.

Page 93: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

89Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Given the broad scope of the questionnaire, only a few elements of the survey1 relative to the area under review were used:

1) General Information – which includes the characteristics of the establishment

2) Infrastructure and Service – includes power, water, transport, and communication technologies

3) Sales and Supplies – imports, exports supply and demand conditions

4) Degree of Competition – number of competitors and technology5) Finance – sources of finance, access to credit6) Business Government Relations – quality of public services,

consistency of policy, regulatory compliance costs (management time, bribes)

7) Labour – employment, training, skills8) Business Environment – ranking of general obstacles9) Performance – numbers and figures needed to estimate performance

or productivity.

Table 1 provides a summary of the descriptive statistics of the firms in the database. Summary statistics on mean firm characteristics are provided in relation to export participation, foreign ownership, government investment, female ownership, firm age, international quality certification, number of employees and sales. In general, most companies in the database are engaging in some degree of export market participation, even though in some instances this participation is relatively small. In Guyana and Dominica, one-fifth of these companies are owned by non-nationals and very few are state-owned. On average, approximately 1 per cent of these firms have female owners and 2 per cent or less are internationally certified.

1Taken from Understanding the Questionnaire (World Bank, 2011)

Page 94: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

90 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Table 1: Characteristics of Firms in Database

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys

91 Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Table 1: Characteristics of Firms in Database

Ant

igua

an

d B

arbu

da

Bah

amas

Bar

bado

s

Bel

ize

Dom

inic

a

Gre

nada

Guy

ana

St. K

itts

an

d N

evis

St. L

ucia

St.

Vin

cent

Suri

nam

e

Exports (% of sales)

9.034 5.851 9.126 13.269 15.680 2.310 8.688 6.471 14.954 7.295 3.571

% Owned by foreign individuals or organisations

8.367 17.333 13.608 9.718 20.107 13.225 20.129 13.926 16.897 12.067 5.065

% Owned by government or state

0.419 0.000 0.253 0.000 0.000 0.217 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Proportion of firms with female owners

1.795 1.065 1.519 1.679 1.615 0.791 1.312 1.083 1.632 0.657 1.779

Year of establishment

1955 1894 1863 1991 1996 1986 1986 1959 1995 1933 1986

Proportion of firms with internationally-recognisedquality certification

1.872 0.361 1.481 2.000 2.000 0.946 1.409 1.430 2.000 1.476 1.766

Number of employees

29.803 77.963 66.962 29.692 21.262 31.039 66.140 29.587 51.586 26.581 43.753

Total Sales

5,71

8,62

3

9,09

0,41

3

5,70

7,69

1

4,07

6,80

7

3,03

1,62

5

5,22

2,53

4

702,

000,

00 0

5,91

5,09

8

6,19

7,62

0

4,76

3,94

7

7,99

5,95

8

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys

Page 95: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

91Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

The main focus of this research effort is to determine whether policy interventions can help support the export of services in the Caribbean. Therefore we conduct a preliminary investigation of the propensity to export amongst the firms in the database. The main goal of this assessment was to identify type of firms that were most likely to export and the composition of exporting firms in each country. Figure 4 indicates that the export propensity (measured by exports as a percentage of total sales) is high relative to the size of firms in the Caribbean, giving the impression that firms are dedicated to supplying their services across borders with ratios ranging from a high of 16 per cent of total sales to as low as 2 per cent.

Figure 4: Export Propensity Among Service Firms in Various Caribbean Countries

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 92

The main focus of this research effort is to determine whether policy interventions can help support the export of services in the Caribbean. Therefore we conduct a preliminary investigation of the propensity to export amongst the firms in the database. The main goal of this assessment was to identify type of firms that were most likely to export and the composition of exporting firms in each country. Figure 4indicates that the export propensity (measured by exports as a percentage of total sales) is high relative to the size of firms in the Caribbean, giving the impression that firms are dedicated to supplying their services across borders with ratios ranging from a high of 16 per cent of total sales to as low as 2 per cent.

Figure 4: Export Propensity Among Service Firms in Various Caribbean Countries

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys

Page 96: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

92 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Figure 5 shows that the propensity to export by firm type. The firm type with the largest propensity to export is that classified as ‘Supporting Transport Activities’ and includes2 activities related to land transport of passengers, animals or freight. This finding is consistent with the region’s relatively high dependence on tourism and related services. In fact, with an average contribution to GDP of 36 per cent, the Caribbean is labelled as the region most dependent3 on tourism. The other categories that identify the larger exporters are post and telecommunications (14 per cent), sea and costal transport (12 per cent) as well as wholesale and retail (11 per cent).

2 This class excludes cargo handling and operation of docking facilities related to pleasure boats. 3 See Sustainability Impact Assessment of The EU-ACP Economic Partnership Agreements: Caribbean Region – Tourism.

Page 97: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

93Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Figure 5: Export Propensity Among Firms in Various Service Industries

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys

Figure 6 provides information on the legal status of companies in the database and their export propensity. On average, publicly listed companies have the largest propensity to export, with 17 per cent of total sales sold across borders. Even though regional stock markets are underdeveloped (Robinson, 2005), these companies have the ability to raise capital through the issuance of shares and therefore have greater incentives to generate profits to repay promised dividends. All the other types of ownership structures had ratios of between 8-9 per cent of total sales.

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 94

Figure 5: Export Propensity Among Firms in Various Service Industries

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys

Figure 6 provides information on the legal status of companies in the database and their export propensity. On average, publicly listed companies have the largest propensity to export, with 17 per cent of total sales sold across borders. Even though regional stock markets are underdeveloped (Robinson, 2005), these companies have the ability to raise capital through the issuance of shares and therefore have greater incentives to generate profits to repay promised dividends. All the other types of ownership structures had ratios of between 8-9 per cent of total sales.

Page 98: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

94 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Figure 6: Export Propensity Among Service Firms by Legal Status

Source: UN Comtrade Database

One of the main reasons for the modest export performance of Caribbean firms is that they tend to produce goods and services that are not unique: the Caribbean, by and large, exports a small set of goods and services that are being produced by many other countries around the world. Figure 7 plots the share of the top three export markets against the share of the top three exported products. The exports from most countries in the region are highly concentrated in a few markets, primarily the US as well as the UK and normally in a few product categories. In St. Kitts and Nevis, for example, the top three markets account for 95 per cent of exports, while the top three product categories represent 80 per cent of exports.

95 Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Figure 6: Export Propensity Among Service Firms by Legal Status

Source: UN Comtrade Database

One of the main reasons for the modest export performance of Caribbean firms is that they tend to produce goods and services that are not unique: the Caribbean, by and large, exports a small set of goods and services that are being produced by many other countries around the world. Figure 7plots the share of the top three export markets against the share of the top three exported products. The exports from most countries in the region are highly concentrated in a few markets, primarily the US as well as the UK and normally in a few product categories. In St. Kitts and Nevis, for example, the top three markets account for 95 per cent of exports, while the top three product categories represent 80 per cent of exports.

Page 99: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

95Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Figure 7: Product and Goods Market Export Concentration

Source: United Nations Comtrade Database

On average, firms that do obtain support normally receive this support in the form of assistance for training employees or managers (Figure 8). More than 55 per cent of the companies in the database received some type of training for the staff of the establishment. In contrast, only 16 per cent of the companies surveyed received any type of support in the area of export promotion. This comparatively low level of support received for export promotion suggests some asymmetry in the objectives of Caribbean policymakers and actual policy implementation. If the main objective of governments within the Caribbean is to support the export of services, then export promotion and facilitation would have to be further dispersed among service companies in the region.

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 96

Figure 7: Product and Goods Market Export Concentration

Source: United Nations Comtrade Database

On average, firms that do obtain support normally receive this support in the form of assistance for training employees or managers (Figure 8).More than 55 per cent of the companies in the database received some type of training for the staff of the establishment. In contrast, only 16 per cent of the companies surveyed received any type of support in the area of export promotion. This comparatively low level of support received for export promotion suggests some asymmetry in the objectives of Caribbean policymakers and actual policy implementation. If the main objective of governments within the Caribbean is to support the export of services, then export promotion and facilitation would have to be further dispersed among service companies in the region.

Page 100: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

96 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Figure 8: Type of Support Received by Firms

In terms of the impact, Figure 9 suggests that these policy interventions primarily impact on the domestic market success of these companies. More than 60 per cent of companies noted that the support they received assisted them in increasing the number of services they offered, expanding their penetration of the home market and enhanced the quality of services they offered. In contrast, less than 20 per cent of the companies stated that the support allowed them to obtain quality or export certification as well as access new markets.

97 Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Figure 8: Type of Support Received by Firms

In terms of the impact, Figure 9 suggests that these policy interventions primarily impact on the domestic market success of these companies. More than 60 per cent of companies noted that the support they received assisted them in increasing the number of services they offered, expanding their penetration of the home market and enhanced the quality of services they offered. In contrast, less than 20 per cent of the companies stated that the support allowed them to obtain quality or export certification as well as access new markets.

Page 101: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

97Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Figure 9: Impact of Support Received

Empirical Methodology

Based on the literature reviewed earlier, the following empirical model was employed:

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 98

Figure 9: Impact of Support Received

Empirical Methodology

Based on the literature reviewed earlier, the following empirical model was employed:

(1)

(1)

Page 102: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

98 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Equation (1) is a censored regression model where the dependent variable can take a value of 0, if the firm does not export, or some positive value, dependent on export propensity. This equation can be estimated using the Tobit model; however, as noted by Sterlacchini (1999) the Tobit model imposes a sign restriction on the effect of each explanatory factor on the probability of exporting and export intensity. To evaluate the restriction, Greene (1993) suggests testing this restriction against an alternative unrestricted form comprising separate Probit and truncated regression models for the probability of exporting and export intensity. This likelihood ratio statistic can be computed as:

Given the above criticisms, the paper also estimates a more general model specification as outlined by Cragg (1971), where the probability of exporting is independent of the export intensity. There are many reasons to think that the decision of whether or not to export differs from export intensity. For example, once a firm makes a decision to export, the company builds its reputation/brand that may then lead to further export opportunities. The characteristics and supporting mechanisms needed to exploit these opportunities may differ from those needed to first make the leap into foreign markets. In this more general framework, the decision equation is given as:

99 Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

where is export propensity, that is the share of exports in total company

sales, are indicators of the company’s position in the domestic market,

reputational indicators, product characteristics, home country

characteristics and policy support mechanism.

Equation (1) is a censored regression model where the dependent variable can take a value of 0, if the firm does not export, or some positive value, dependent on export propensity. This equation can be estimated using the Tobit model; however, as noted by Sterlacchini (1999) the Tobit model imposes a sign restriction on the effect of each explanatory factor on the probability of exporting and export intensity. To evaluate the restriction, Greene (1993) suggests testing this restriction against an alternative unrestricted form comprising separate Probit and truncated regression models for the probability of exporting and export intensity. This likelihood ratio statistic can be computed as:

(2)

where is the likelihood for the Tobit model, is the likelihood for the

Probit model and is the likelihood for the truncated regression model.

Given the above criticisms, the paper also estimates a more general model specification as outlined by Cragg (1971), where the probability of exporting is independent of the export intensity. There are many reasons to think that the decision of whether or not to export differs from export intensity. For example, once a firm makes a decision to export, the company builds its reputation/brand that may then lead to further export opportunities. The characteristics and supporting mechanisms needed to exploit these opportunities may differ from those needed to first make the leap into foreign markets. In this more general framework, the decision equation is given as:

99 Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

where is export propensity, that is the share of exports in total company

sales, are indicators of the company’s position in the domestic market,

reputational indicators, product characteristics, home country

characteristics and policy support mechanism.

Equation (1) is a censored regression model where the dependent variable can take a value of 0, if the firm does not export, or some positive value, dependent on export propensity. This equation can be estimated using the Tobit model; however, as noted by Sterlacchini (1999) the Tobit model imposes a sign restriction on the effect of each explanatory factor on the probability of exporting and export intensity. To evaluate the restriction, Greene (1993) suggests testing this restriction against an alternative unrestricted form comprising separate Probit and truncated regression models for the probability of exporting and export intensity. This likelihood ratio statistic can be computed as:

(2)

where is the likelihood for the Tobit model, is the likelihood for the

Probit model and is the likelihood for the truncated regression model.

Given the above criticisms, the paper also estimates a more general model specification as outlined by Cragg (1971), where the probability of exporting is independent of the export intensity. There are many reasons to think that the decision of whether or not to export differs from export intensity. For example, once a firm makes a decision to export, the company builds its reputation/brand that may then lead to further export opportunities. The characteristics and supporting mechanisms needed to exploit these opportunities may differ from those needed to first make the leap into foreign markets. In this more general framework, the decision equation is given as:

(2)

Page 103: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

99Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

The regression equation for the non-limited observations, however, would be given by:

Firm-level determinants of the export decision are employed in the empirical specification such as age, size, ownership status, industry and dummy variables, which take the value of one if the firm is a multinational, received a subsidy, is foreign-owned and has export experience and zero otherwise. The model also includes sector-specific variables with dummy variables indicating if the firm has 3 or more competitors.

The inclusion of size and age follows the work of Roberts and Tybout (1997) and Aitken, Hanson and Harrison (1997), to name a few, and are included to control for the past performance of the firm. More specifically, older and larger firms are more likely to have been successful in terms of profitability and growth in the past and therefore should be more likely to be exporters. Bernard and Jensen (2001) also note that larger firms may have lower average or marginal costs, through economies of scale, which increases the likelihood of exporting.

Dummy variables signifying whether the firm is a corporation or sole owner are also included in the model. These are employed to test whether a particular ownership status is related to the export decision. It is expected that corporations should be more likely to enter foreign markets since they usually have the necessary human resources to enter trade. Three dummy variables representing the sector of business are also included in the model. Multinational enterprises should be more likely to be producing for export (Brainard, 1997), thus a dummy variable which takes the value of one if the firm is a multinational is included in the empirical specification. Ownership

(3)

(4)

Page 104: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

100 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

status is also differentiated by the inclusion of a dummy indicating whether the firm is foreign or locally owned.

Policymakers in various countries have tried to encourage firms to export by utilising subsidies or by also acting as a coordinator by actively seeking markets for domestic firms. These encourage internationalisation by reducing the cost of entering foreign markets. The final firm-specific variable attempts to capture the sunk costs of exporting, similar to Roberts and Tybout (1997), Bernard and Wagner (1998) and Bernard and Jensen (2001). It is expected that those firms with previous experience in export markets should more likely be exporters in the current period given that they have already paid the sunk costs of establishing an international presence.

The basic export model also includes a sector-specific variable, which takes into account the number of competitors of a firm. This variable is included to test whether competition acts as a spur to export activity or if an increase in the number of competitors restricts the size of the firm and therefore makes it less likely to be an exporter.

Empirical Results

The regression results for the determinants of service export intensity of Caribbean firms are provided in Table 2. The Tobit regression results, which attempt to model both the export decision and export intensity, are provided first. The model is, however, only able to explain a relatively small proportion of the variation in export intensity (4 per cent). This could suggest, as highlighted in the methodological section of the study, which the factors that influence the export decision might differ from those that impact on export intensity. The Probit regression results as well as the truncated coefficient estimates are therefore provided in the final two columns of Table 2.

From the Tobit model, seven factors were identified as being relatively important determinants of the export decision: firm size, whether or not the company received assistance for export promotion, industry dummies, the existence of a website, the degree of competition from informal firms and the extent to which the firm identified theft and disorder as a constraint to doing business. The negative coefficient on the size variable suggests that smaller Caribbean firms are unlikely to be providing their services outside of their

Page 105: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

101Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

home market. Drawing on survey data from Jamaica, Williams (2011) also finds that size was an important determinant of export market participation in this Caribbean market. One potential reason for this finding is that small companies are less likely to have achieved international certification (for example, International Organisation for Standardisation certification) and thus less likely to be able to access external markets (Ullah, Wei, and Xie, 2014).

Table 2: Regression Results for Export Propensity

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies 102

suggests that smaller Caribbean firms are unlikely to be providing their services outside of their home market. Drawing on survey data from Jamaica, Williams (2011) also finds that size was an important determinant of export market participation in this Caribbean market. One potential reason for this finding is that small companies are less likely to have achieved international certification (for example, International Organisation for Standardisation certification) and thus less likely to be able to access external markets (Ullah, Wei, and Xie, 2014).

Table 2: Regression Results for Export Propensity

ExplanatoryVariables

Tobit Probit Truncated Regression

Age -0.654 (4.292)

-0.015 (0.058)

-0.006 (0.016)

Size -13.608 (7.267)*

-0.192 (0.099)*

-0.057 (0.027)**

Export promotion 46.603 (8.036)***

0.646 (0.110)***

0.211 (0.033)***

Corporation dummy

4.871 (7.260)

0.087 (0.099)

0.026 (0.028)

Percent of company owned by domestic

-0.033 (0.214)

0.000 (0.003)

-0.000 (0.001)

Percent of company owned by foreign

0.105 (0.223)

0.001 (0.003)

0.000 (0.001)

Experience of top managers

-0.468 (0.337)

-0.002 (0.004)

-0.001 (0.001)

International certification dummy

10.305 (8.296)

0.143 (0.113)

0.033 (0.032)

Travel industry dummy

60.821 (15.766)**

0.864 (0.214)***

0.261 (0.059)***

Wholesale and retail industry dummy

30.293 (13.468)**

0.356 (0.181)**

0.086 (0.047)*

Construction industry dummy

-24.762 (17.905)

-0.352 (0.240)

-0.060 (0.057)

Company website 17.368 0.241 0.057

Page 106: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

102 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Notes: (1) Standard errors provided in parentheses below coefficient estimates. (2) ***, ** and * indicates statistical significance at the 1, 5 and 10 per cent level of testing. (3) p-values provided in square brackets below test statistics.

The degree of competition from informal companies and the level of theft and disorder in the country also had a significant and negative effect on export intensity. The negative effect of informal companies could arise through a variety of channels. Bombardini, Kurz and Morrow (2012), for example, also find that firms in less economically competitive industries attain superior outcomes when they enter foreign markets. The authors note that this could be due to the effects that reduced competition has on factor prices: for example, more competition in an industry will bid up wages. In addition, if there are no opportunities for differentiation in the eyes of consumers (for example, gold from one country and gold from another country), then there are limited opportunities for substitutability. The negative effect of size on export propensity might also reveal the resource limitations of these firms

103 Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

dummy (10.216)* (0.139)* (0.036)* Competition from informal sector

-13.859 (6.802)**

-0.174 (0.093)*

-0.047 (0.026)*

Constraints due to theft

-20.243 (8.415)**

-0.256 (0.113)**

-0.065 (0.029)**

Constraints due to electricity prices

-3.55e-06 (2.35e-06)

-4.53e-06 (7.58e-06)

-1.70e-08 (1.19e-08)

Constraints due to unavailability of skilled labour

-15.977 (11.078)

-0.282 (0.150)*

-0.071 (0.038)*

Constraints due to labour regulations

1.123 (21.877)

-0.154 (0.299)

-0.043 (0.078)

Training 8.443 (7.314)

0.139 (0.100)

0.035 (0.028)

Constraint due to taxes

-5.174 (9.900)

-0.046 (0.134)

-0.001 (0.036)

Intercept -80.241 (30.403)***

-1.189 (0.409)**

0.148 (0.108)

Observations 1087 1099 1099 LR Chi-square (19)/F(19,1079)

129.680 [0.000]

128.090 [0.000]

7.250 [0.000]

Pseudo R-squared 0.035 0.107 0.113 Notes: (1) Standard errors provided in parentheses below coefficient estimates. (2) ***, ** and * indicates statistical significance at the 1, 5 and 10 per cent level of testing. (3) p-values provided in square brackets below test statistics.

The degree of competition from informal companies and the level of theft and disorder in the country also had a significant and negative effect on export intensity. The negative effect of informal companies could arise through a variety of channels. Bombardini, Kurz and Morrow (2012), for example, also find that firms in less economically competitive industries attain superior outcomes when they enter foreign markets. The authors note that this could be due to the effects that reduced competition has on factor prices: for example, more competition in an industry will bid up wages. In addition, if there are no opportunities for differentiation in the eyes of consumers (for example, gold from one country and gold from another country), then there are limited opportunities for substitutability. The negative effect of size on export propensity might also reveal the resource limitations of these firms in relation to research and development (Serra, Pointon, and Abdou, 2012). The negative coefficient on the crime

Page 107: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

103Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

in relation to research and development (Serra, Pointon, and Abdou, 2012). The negative coefficient on the crime variable reflects the potential impact that insecurity might have on investment and is similar to that obtained by Fonchamnyo (2014).

In contrast, the existence of a corporate website and whether or not the company received support for export promotion activities were positive and significantly related to export intensity. These results are instructive as they suggest that export support for service companies in the Caribbean does yield positive results and to some extent speaks to the efficacy of the export promotion effort in the region. The positive coefficient on the website variable supports the notion put forward by Edvardsson et al (1993) that for service companies, reputation is key when trying to access foreign markets. By having a website, potential customers are not only informed about the existence of the service, but can also research the credentials of the service company as well as previous clients.

As noted in the methodological section, the factors that influence a company’s export decision might differ from those that influence export intensity (that is, the decision to further expand in foreign markets). Looking first at the export decision (Probit), the set of significant explanatory variables is indeed somewhat different. In addition to the variables identified in the previous paragraphs, the decision to export was also influenced by the availability of skilled labour. The importance of skilled labour on the export decision could be linked to its positive impact on productivity (Arnold and Hussinger, 2005), the application of more advanced technologies (Yeaple, 2005) as well as the benefits of export market experience (Clerides, Lach, and Tybout, 1998).

Besides the addition of skilled labour as a key explanatory variable, the results were largely similar in terms of directional impact. Most significant, however, companies that received export support were 17 per cent more likely to be exporters. The marginal effect of export promotion was greater than that for ownership status, support for international certification as well as whether or not the company received support to train its labour resources. This result, suggests that the most significant intervention policymakers can do in the Caribbean is to actively help service companies find and locate potential export markets.

Page 108: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

104 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

The statistically significant explanatory variables in the truncated regression, which only uses data on those firms that were exporters, differed somewhat from the export decision but were similar to the Tobit regression results. This suggests that once a firm enters the export market, a different set of characteristics/skills now becomes important as it relates to increasing export intensity. For this regression, the key explanatory variables were size, export promotion efforts, industry, informal competition, theft and the availability of labour skills. The results in relation to export promotion suggests that even after a company penetrates external markets, maintaining support is still necessary for most exporters in the Caribbean. In addition, addressing issues in relation to the enabling environment at home are also critical. The unavailability of necessary skills as well as a high level of theft and disorder significantly reduces the export propensity of regional service companies. The important role played by environmental factors has been reported elsewhere in the literature (O’Cass and Julian, 2003), in addition, the negative coefficient on the size variable in all three regressions is instructive and indicates that export promotion support should not just be aimed at large enterprises.

Conclusions and Discussion of Policy Implications

Caribbean small states only account for a relatively small share of world exports of services. Nevertheless, these countries are highly dependent on the exports of services to generate income, employment opportunities and foreign exchange. Given the importance of services, this paper provides an assessment of those factors that either drive or hinder export market propensity among Caribbean service companies.

The results reported in the study suggest that export market propensity is largely related to size, support for export promotion, industry, the degree of informal competition, theft and disorder as well as the availability of labour skills. Of these factors, support for export promotion was most important: firms that received support for export promotion were 17 per cent more likely to be providing services outside of the home market. This level of impact was larger than any of the other policy interventions considered including support for training as well as international certification. Indeed, export promotion not only enhances the probability of a firm participating in export markets, it also has a positive impact on export market intensity.

Page 109: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

105Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

The findings reported in the study, however, suggests that policy interventions in the region may need to be shifted somewhat, as most support for service companies in the region tends to be in areas of staff training, research and development as well as building alliances. These interventions normally enhance the control of the firm over the domestic market, without any necessary benefit in terms of export propensity. Indeed, less than 20 per cent of the service companies that received support in the region reported that this helped them to penetrate foreign markets. Policymakers in the region might therefore reduce the amount of funds allocated to domestic market support initiatives and instead focus on helping these service companies penetrate export markets. Given the small size of the potential market in their home country, and indeed the wider Caribbean, such a policy shift could enhance the potential long run viability of these entities.

In addition to helping non-exporters to enter foreign markets, export promotion efforts also helps those firms that already have experience selling their services abroad. This finding is instructive as it indicates that initiatives aimed at boosting the export of services in the region should not just be aimed at those firms that are not currently exporting. Such assistance would help these primarily small Caribbean firms to offset some of the costs that are incurred when providing export services outside of their home market.

References

Aitken, B., Hanson, G. H., and Harrison, A. E. (1997) ‘Spillovers, Foreign Investment and Export Behavior’, Journal of International Economics, 43(1), 103-132.

Arnold, J. M., and Hussinger, K. (2005) ‘Export Behaviour and Firm Productivity in German Manufacturing: A Firm-Level Analysis’, Review of World Economics, 141(2), 219-243.

Bernard, A. B., and Jensen, J. B. (2001) Why Some Firms Export, Cambridge, Mass.: NBER .

Bernard, A. B., and Wagner, J. (1998) Export Entry and Exit by German Firms, Cambridge, Mass. : NBER .

Bombardini, M., Kurz, C., and Morrow, P. (2012) ‘Ricardian Trade and the Impact of Domestic Competition on Export Performance’, Canadian Journal of Economics, 45(2), 585-612.

Page 110: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

106 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Brainard, L. (1997) ‘An Empirical Assessment of the Proximate/Concentration Trade-off Between Multinational Sales and Trade’, American Economic Review , 87(4), 520-544.

Clerides, S., Lach, S., and Tybout, J. (1998) ‘Is Learning by Exporting Important? Micro-Dynamic Evidence from Colombia, Mexico and Morocco’, Quarterly Journal of Economics, 113(3), 903-947.

Cragg, J. (1971) ‘Some Statistical Models for Limited Dependent Variables with Applicaiton to the Demand for Durable Goods’, Econometrica , 39, 829-844.

Czinkota, M. (2002) ‘Export Promotion: A Framework for Finding Opportunity in Change’, Thunderbird International Business Review, 44(3), 315-324.

De Wulf, L. (2001) ‘Why Have Trade Promotion Organisations Failed, and How Can They Be Revitalised?’, Washington, DC: World Bank.

Edvardsson, B., Edvinsson, L., and Nystrom, H. (1993) ‘Internationalisation in Service Companies’, Services Industries Journal, 13(1), 80-97.

Ekanayake, E. (1999) ‘Exports and Economic Growth in Asian Developing Countries: Cointegration and Error-Correction Models’, Journal of Economic Development, 24(2), 43-56.

Erikson, D., and Lawrence, J. (2008) ‘Beyond Tourism: The Future of the Services Industry in the Caribbean’, Waterloo: Centre for International Governance Innovation.

Fonchamnyo, D. C. (2014) ‘Determinants of Export Propensity and Intensity of Manufacturing Firms in Cameroon: An Empirical Assessment’, Applied Economics and Finance, 1(2), 30-36.

Gencturk, E., and Kotabe, M. (2001) ‘The Effect of Export Assistance Program Usage on Export Performance: A Contingency Explanation’, Journal of International Marketing, 9(2), 51-72.

Gray, B. J. (1997) ‘Profiling Managers to Improve Export Promotion Targeting’, Journal of International Business Studies, 28(2), 387-420.

Greenaway, D., and Kneller, R. (2007) ‘Firm Heterogeneity, Exporting and Foreign Direct Investment’, Economic Journal, 117(517), F134-F161.

Greene, W. (1993) Econometric Analysis. New York: Macmillan.Helleiner, G. (2002) Non-traditional Export Promotion in Africa: Experience and

Issues, New York, NY: Palgrave.Hogan, P., Keesing, D., Singer, A., and Mundial, B. (1991) ‘The Role of Support

Services in Expanding Manufactured Exports in Developing Countries’, Washington, DC: World Bank.

Kedia, B., and Chhokar, J. (1986) ‘Factors Inhibiting Export Performance of Firms: An Empirical Investigation’, Management International Review, 26(4), 33-43.

Keesing, D. B., and Singer, A. (1991) ‘Development Assistance Gone Wrong: Failures in Services to Promote and Support Manufactured Exports’,

Page 111: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

107Supporting the Growth of Service Exports

Economic Development Institute. Washington, DC: World Bank.Knight, G. (1999) ‘International Services Marketing: Review of Research, 1980-

1998’, Journal of Services Marketing, 13(4/5), 347-360.Laanti, R., McDougnall, F., and Baume, G. (2009) ‘How well do Traditional

Theories Explain the Internationalisation of Service MNEs from Small and Open Economies? – Case: National Telecommunication Companies’, Management International Review, 49, 121-144.

Lederman, D., Olarreaga, M., and Payton, L. (2010) ‘Export Promotion Agencies: Do They Work?’, Journal of Development Economics, 91(2), 257-265.

Macario, C. (2000) ‘The Behavior of Manufacturing Firms Under the New Economic Model’, World Development, 28(9), 1597-1610.

Moore, W., and Walkes, C. (2010) ‘Does Industrial Concentration Impact on the Relationship between Policies and Volatility?’, International Review of Applied Economics, 24(2), 179-202.

O’Cass, A., and Julian, C. (2003) ‘Examining Firm and Environmental Influences on Export Marketing Mix Strategy and Export Performance of Australian Exporters’, European Journal of Marketing, 37(3/4), 366-384.

Ram, R. (1987) Exports and Economic Growth in Developing Countries: Evidence from Time-Series and Cross-Section Data, Economic Development and Cultural Change, 51-72.

Roberts, M., and Tybout, M. (1997) ‘An Empirical Model of Sunk Costs and the Decision to Export’, American Economic Review, 87(4), 545-564.

Robinson, J. (2005) ‘Stock Price Behaviour in Emergin Markets: Tests for Weak Form Market Efficiency on the Jamaican Stock Exchange’, Social and Economic Studies, 51-69.

Rosson, P. J., and Seringhaus, F. R. (1991) Export Promotion and Public Organisations: Present and Future Research. In P. J. Rosson, and F. R. Seringhaus, Export Development and Promotion: The Role of Public Organisations (pp. 319-339). Boston, MA: Kluwer.

Seringhaus, F. R., and Botschen, G. (1991) ‘Cross-National Comparison of Export Promotion Services: The Views of Canadian and Austrian Companies’, Journal of International Business Studies, 22(1), 115-133.

Serra, F., Pointon, J., and Abdou, H. (2012) ‘Factors Influencing the Propensity to Export: A Study of UK and Portuguese Textile Firms’, International Business Review, 21(2), 210-224.

Sousa, C., Martinez-Lopez, F., and Coelho, F. (2008) ‘The Determinants of Export Performance: A Review of the Research in the Literature between 1998 and 2005’, International Journal of Management Review, 10(4), 343-374.

Sterlacchini, A. (1999) ‘Do Innovative Activities Matter to Small Firms in Non-R and D Intensive Industries? An Application to Export Performance’, Research Policy, 28, 819-832.

Ullah, B., Wei, Z., and Xie, F. (2014) ‘ISO Certification, Financial Constraints and

Page 112: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

108 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Firm Performance in Latin America and Caribbean Countries’, Global Finance Journal, 25(3), 203-228.

Vinh, Q., Patterson, P., and Styles, C. (2005) ‘Determinants of Export Performance Across Service Types: A Conceptual Model’, Journal of Services Marketing, 19(6), 379-391.

Williams, D. A. (2011) ‘Impact of Firm Size and Age on the Export Behaviour of Small Locally Owned Firms: Fresh Insights’, Journal of International Entrepreneurship, 9(2), 152-174.

Yeaple, S. R. (2005) ‘A Simple Model of Firm Heterogeneity, International Trade, and Wages’, Journal of International Economics, 65(1), 1-20.

Page 113: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Vol. 40, No. 1, Apr 2015 pp. 109-140

Sexual Citizenship and Conservative Christian Mobilisation in Jamaica

Latoya LazarusSir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies,

The University of the West Indies, BARBADOS

Abstract

This paper examines two conservative Christian Civil Society Organisations in Jamaica, the Lawyers’ Christian Fellowship and Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society; focusing in particular on their efforts to influence the discourse and actualisation of sexual citizenship in that country. I argue that these groups are not seeking to ‘disclaim’ sexual citizenship as some have suggested. Rather, they seek to publicly strengthen an exclusionary notion of sexual citizenship that is not only ideologically grounded in hegemonic heterosexuality, but also in a certain conservative view of culture and ‘Judeo-Christian’ respectability, values and morality. This exploratory and some-what descriptive research is underpinned by academics and activists’ interpretations and analyses of the concept of sexual citizenship. I also draw upon selected narratives from in-depth interviews, as well as content analysis of a number of sources.

Key words: Lawyers’ Christian Fellowship, Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society, Christianity, Civil Society Organisation, Sexual citizenship, Human rights

Copyright © Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, (Cave Hill), 2015

Page 114: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

110 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Theorists of modernity have largely focused on the instrumental power of the secular state and its regulatory efforts, through the deployment of biomedicine and the law. Yet the resurgence of religion and the repositioning of religious discourses on sexuality at the very heart of today’s contests over sexual rights and wrongs provide a very different landscape on which battles for equality and justice now come to be waged (Cornwall, Correa and Jolly, 2008: 4-5).

Introduction

A central theme running through the existing body of Caribbean scholarship on sexual citizenship is the identification of the continuous far-reaching, though some may now argue waning, influence of religious institutions on Caribbean peoples’ constructions and approaches to gender and sexualities.1 Despite this awareness the predominant focus to date still remains on the actions and role of the various nation-states in regulating citizens’ rights, sexualities, gender and more broadly, citizenship through legislative interventions. This paper diverges from this tendency, as the primary focus is on religious players. Specifically, it examines certain conservative Christian Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) whose aims are in part to problematise the development of an inclusive discourse on, and realisation of, sexual citizenship in Anglophone Caribbean countries such as Jamaica. I argue that these groups are not seeking to ‘disclaim’ sexual citizenship as such. Rather, they seek to publicly strengthen a certain notion of sexual citizenship that is not only ideologically grounded in hegemonic heterosexuality, but also in a certain conservative view of culture and ‘Judeo-Christian’ respectability, values and morality. In common with local sexual rights activists, they are therefore actively participating in the developments around sexual citizenship by seeking to influence the discourse or terms of its realisation as well as the local environment in which ongoing national and cultural interrogations of this form of embodied citizenship are unfolding.

Conservative Christian CSOs are being prioritised here because of the intensified public manifestation of conservative Christianity in the region

1 Building on M. Jacqui Alexander’s theorisations, others have also illustrated the ways in which Carib-bean citizenship is not only mediated by the various states but also the importance of the cultural and symbolic manifestations around this aspect of being (Lewis and Carr, 2009).

Page 115: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

111Sexual Citizenship

and Jamaica in particular, a point that Anna Kasafi Perkins and Judith Soares also highlight in their respective articles in this special issue. Indeed, the most recent population census data (2011) indicated that although a growing number of Jamaicans stated that they had no religious affiliations, the majority of people (eighty per cent) identified with some form of Christianity, with majority membership being in the larger Evangelical, conservative churches (Nam, Mantock and Campbell, 2012: xiv). This line of enquiry is thus essential for tracking and understanding these particular manifestations of Christian socio-political mobilisation, activism and reorganisation in twenty-first century Jamaica as well as providing a more nuanced understanding of the struggles over the terms of sexual citizenship. Moreover, the Caribbean is evidently not the only geopolitical space currently seeing increased public visibility in religious, including Christian, conservativism and fundamentalism. As such, what initially appears to be a localised and regional phenomenon may also be analysed in relation to wider global developments around religion and its intersections with culture and politics. We might consider, for example, the recent developments around sexual citizenship in the United States where the Supreme Court’s June 2015 ruling that a ban on same-sex marriages was unconstitutional was met with great public scrutiny, outcry and anxiety about religious liberty from some conservative Christians and politicians (Zoll and Peoples, June 29, 2015). Likewise, one may not want to speak too hastily of a ‘post-secular’ Europe, since it is evident that religion ‘has certainly returned as a contentious issue to the public sphere’ (Casanova, 2008: 101) in many European societies, giving credence to arguments about the rise of modern ‘public religions.’

The paper thus centres sexual citizenship by identifying not only common conceptualisations, but also the ways in which these expand upon certain traditional notions of citizenship. It also highlights the limits placed on the realisation of an inclusive notion of sexual citizenship, chiefly by pointing out the historical interconnections between Christianity and certain dominant perceptions of citizenship in Jamaica. In what follows, I therefore identify two prominent existing Christian CSOs in Jamaica, highlighting their primary agendas as well as some examples of the ways in which they seek to influence the development and understandings of sexual citizenship through their public activities.

Page 116: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

112 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Methods

The discussion below is underpinned by academics and activists’ interpretations and analyses of the concept of sexual citizenship. I draw upon selected narratives from in-depth interviews with knowledgeable informants working in the areas of Caribbean law reform and /or sexualities, as well as content analysis of a number of newspaper accounts, mass media interviews with founding and/or key members of the groups, position papers, reports, posters and documentary and of the groups’ respective official websites or Facebook pages.

Theoretical Background

Sexual Citizenship

Though the concept of ‘sexual citizenship’ may not necessarily capture the complex ways in which all Caribbean people view the interconnections between sexuality, gender and citizenship, I will nonetheless use it with that ambition in mind.2 This is partly for want of a more regionally constrained concept, but also because the concept is increasingly being used within the region and it does in fact speak to many of the issues and realities that Caribbean activists and academics have been increasingly illustrating. That is, the concept of sexual citizenship, which includes sexuality and gender concerns and their intersections with other categories such as ‘race’ and class, alerts us to,

new concerns, hitherto marginalised in public discourse: with the body, its possibilities, needs and pleasures; with new sexualised [and gendered] identities; and with the forces that inhibit their free, consensual development in a democratic polity committed to full and equal citizenship... It has a positive content, in the articulation of new claims to rights and ‘sexual justice’ (Kaplan, 1997 [cited in

2 The extent to which the term now has an ‘indigenous pedigree’ that validates it as a concept relevant to the Caribbean socio-cultural discourse space is illustrated by its use at the Jamaica LGBT Symposium on May 16, 2014, organised by the Jamaica Forum for Lesbians All-Sexuals and Gays (J-FLAG) around the theme ‘Personhood, Sexual Citizenship and Religion’. Speakers addressed a number of topics, such as the paper presented by Dr. Carolyn Cooper entitled, ‘Man to Man Is So Unjust: Disclaiming Sexual Citizenship in Fundamentalist Jamaica’.

Page 117: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

113Sexual Citizenship

Weeks, 1998: 37-8]). But it also offers a sharp critique of traditional discourses on citizenship, and on the occlusions and hesitations of contemporary debates (Weeks, 1998: 37-8; see also Richardson, 1998, 2000 for related analysis of these concepts).

One prominent Caribbean sexual rights activist, Colin Robinson (2012: 3), similarly argued that an inclusive notion of sexual citizenship would take into serious consideration,

how autonomy over one’s sexuality becomes part of the core promise of dignity guaranteed by states to every human being; how consensual erotic pleasure and relationships and their expression in privacy and in public are protected from violence and the interference of the state and others; and how society and nation recognise that sexuality is a precious part of personhood.

These definitions (which are neither premised within heterosexuality nor patriarchy) move analysis of citizenship generally beyond the more limited legal and traditional definitions of the concept, including T. H. Marshall’s liberal evolutionary triad of civil, political and social rights and by extension, duties.3 Instead, they encompass a complex set of private and public performativity and interrelations that inform erotic autonomy, desire, human agency and sexual rights, in general embodied citizenship. Furthermore, a focus on sexual citizenship also draws attention to the intimate workings of power and domination; thus highlighting,

a set of intertwined practices and collective repertoires for defining, legitimating, and exercising the rights of some bodies against others: who can occupy public space, who can speak in public, who can bear arms, who can vote? Who does the state have an obligation to protect, and who is empowered to judge, punish, and imprison others? Who

3Julienne Corboz (2009) notes that many scholars who examine sexual citizenship have identified the inadequacy of the Marshallian concept of citizenship, asserting that, ‘T. H. Marshall […] argues that one must be able to claim civil, political and social rights in order to be classed as a full citizen. This Marshallian concept of citizenship has been critiqued for many reasons, including its male-centric perspective and its consequent denial of women’ (p. 2) as well as the exclusion of non-heteronormative sexualities from these rights (ibid.; see also Richards, 2000).

Page 118: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

114 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

can own property, protect their privacy, or make contracts, oaths, and wills? And just as significant, who can marry whom, who can be a legal parent or guardian of a child? Who can have sex with whom, and what sex acts are proscribed? (Sheller, 2012: 21).

To this end, citizenship in the above quotations is conceptualised as, on the one hand, being broadly in reference to the bestowal of rights and/or the fulfillment of obligations, duties or responsibilities (Lister, 1995, 2003; Richardson, 1998, 2000; Richardson and Turner, 2001). On the other hand, it not only includes the struggles over legislative rights and recognition, but also everyday manifestations and embodiment of citizenship. For at times, it is only by examining a combination of situations that we can begin to understand and identify the extent of the marginalisation and outright rejection, for instance, that are experienced by those who are deemed unworthy, unintelligible or too threatening for full inclusion into the nation as equal citizens. It is therefore unsurprising that scholars who theorise about this concept of sexual citizenship focus on an array of socio-cultural, political and economical issues that work in complex ways to at times hinder and, other times, bolster the realisations of sexual citizenship across various times and spaces (see also Sheller, 2012: 242). In theorising about the ‘coloniality of citizenship’, Kamugisha (2007) argues that it is important to not only focus on ‘the relatively limited legal definitions that often form the boundaries of general use, but to a variety of practices, tropes of belonging and identity concerns that Caribbean people experience...’ (p. 21). In sum, therefore, it would be shortsighted to think of twenty-first century citizenship in strictly legal terms, rather than with more fluidity, to include, for example, broader conceptualisations that account for the possibilities of cultural as well as metaphorical or symbolic citizenship.

Christian Citizenship As it stands, it would not be too controversial to suggest that in Jamaica and elsewhere in the Anglophone Caribbean, citizenship is still largely premised on hegemonic heterosexuality and patriarchy as well as in certain racialised and classed-based notions of respectability, desire and decency (Lazarus, 2013). As Alexander (1994) asserts, Anglophone Caribbean citizenship is largely premised on the underlying principles of heteropatriarchy (that is, premising the construction of citizenship on, amongst other things, the belief in the dominance of the heterosexual male and the ‘denial of the

Page 119: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

115Sexual Citizenship

experiences of women and homosexuals — in short, the denial of everyone who did not fit the template of ‘white bourgeois heterosexual man’ in its now brown/black male Caribbean configuration’ [Kamugisha, 2007: 35]), which, evidently places tremendous limits on the actualisation of sexual citizenship, especially as it has been defined in the previous section of this paper. Likewise, Faith Smith (2011) also attests to this when she argues that hegemonic nationalist’s views on postcolonial liberation and autonomy as it relates to gender and sexuality means the ‘freedom to assert control over one’s sexual autonomy, defined as wholesome, normative, straight’. Indeed, ‘Every affirmation of sovereignty is part of a packaged deal that includes the assumption of heterosexuality as the best or only way to be Caribbean’ (p. 10). This kind of heteropatriarchal gendered and sexualised ideal of citizenship was seen as the only means of resisting and ultimately replacing the negative racist colonial representations of black bodies, morality, sexualities and sex as ‘monstrous’, ‘degenerate’ ‘savage’, which were in part used to justify the colonising agents’ moral superiority and rule (Gosine, 2009). Today, the concept of citizenship continuously gets normalised in this way not only in the day-to-day lives of citizens but also in cultural, political and legal arenas (Kamugisha, 2007; Robinson, 2004, 2009; Sheller, 2012).

Religion, especially Christianity, has been and continues to be complicit in moulding the heteropatriarchal discourse on which citizenship within the region is premised (Lazarus, 2011; Lewis and Carr, 2009). Besides its ideological reach in peoples’ day-to-day lives, Christianity has also long been entangled with the state, including through its legislative arm. This has undoubtedly impacted on the development of sexual citizenship as evident in the existence of the longstanding colonial-inherited legislations dealing with abortion and buggery. A prominent Caribbean legal scholar and rights activist (who requested anonymity) noted that Christianity has historically broadly influenced lawmaking in the Caribbean, including around issues of gender and sexuality, which, as Alexander (1997) argues, have become euphemisms for concerns about respectability and morality. This scholar notes that:

[…] the language which you see in the criminal code in Jamaica, which talks about ‘the abominable crime’ or that language of abomination is very religiously loaded and coded as well, which is part of why it is so powerful. So, yes, there are some obvious ways in which you do see, but you know... the thing that the laws

Page 120: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

116 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

don’t reflect is the variety of understandings of what it means to be a Christian, which you see reflected in the society. If it does to the extent where the law reinforces one particular point of view, it does strengthen the voices of those who present that point of view. […] To the extent that the law already reflects a certain way of thinking about religion, even religious leaders who offer different ways of thinking find it difficult to find a place in the conversation and so this is really about the powerful inter-linkage between religion and law (interview, 11 April 2012).

By and large, Christianity, as Sheller (2012) also argues, has been very important in shaping not only experiences and expressions of patriarchy, but women and men’s complex and differential experiences and understandings of embodied freedom and citizenship within the post-emancipation Caribbean. This is evident in the explicit privileging, especially in Jamaican nationalist projects in the late twentieth- and early twenty-first centuries, of an essentially middle-class construction of citizenship that draws on certain ideals of respectability (Thomas, 2004; Lewis and Carr, 2009), ideals that place emphasis on ‘the cultivation of education, thrift, industry, self-sufficiency via land ownership, moderate Christian living [adherence to the tenets of the Church], community uplift, the constitution of family through legal marriage and related gendered expectations, and leadership by educated middle classes’ (Thomas, 2004: 6). Within this structure, churches operate in conjunction with the state and dominant classes to establish a hegemonic ideal of respectable and valuable citizens, which ought to be aspired to particularly by all blacks and poorer classes of people. Although this particular nationalist project has also tended to privilege specific racial and class identities, namely the brown (mixed people of black and white descent), creole and middle classes, this vision was circulated and successfully inculcated within the wider population.4

This vision or definition of respectability, though facing increasing challenges, is still embedded within the society as a strong latent force,

4 On a similar note, Robinson (2009: 7-8) also reminds us that a certain conceptualisation of respectability, as Thomas (2004) defines it, was forced not only upon blacks but also Indians in the post-slavery period, who, like blacks, were strongly encouraged to have a Christian marriage and where this was not accessible, they were to engage in relationships resembling the ideal.

Page 121: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

117Sexual Citizenship

surfacing, for example, in more recent debates about ‘appropriate’ sexual and gender behaviours. As Robert Carr (2009) observes, a fundamentalist or conservative deployment of religious Scriptures about ‘appropriate’ sexual relationships continues to be entangled in the cultural and political struggle over whether progress for the Jamaican nation means tolerance of all its citizens or policing of certain expressions of erotic autonomy or sexual agency.5 It is therefore, as Sheller (2012) states, ‘necessary and urgent to encompass religion and spirituality in any discussions of freedom and citizenship, [e]specially when Christianity is being mobilised in Jamaica and other parts of the Caribbean for the criminalisation of some sexualities [as well as certain perceived sexually ‘loose’ practices], and even for condoning the occurrence of violence against gay men and women’ (p. 46).

Most certainly, churches in Jamaica have been complicit in the marginalisation of minorities, including black women and those who are perceived to be in transgression of religious (Christian), sexual and gender norms. However, it is undeniable that they have also traditionally provided many services considered important for the realisation of people’s human dignity and the actualisation of certain social rights. Similarly, the discourse of churches and church folk, as well as their actions, may at times have socially cohesive and conciliatory effects that do not rely on exclusionary rhetoric aimed at certain minorities (Dayfoot, 2001; Smith, 1991; Soares, 2001; Thomas, 2004).

5 In his study on the attitude towards homosexuality in Jamaica, Cecil Gutzmore (2004) identifies religious fundamentalism as one of the five anti-homosexual ideological imperatives that drive discriminatory homophobic discourses and practices. Such fundamentalism, Gutzmore points out, has ‘primacy within African-Jamaican popular culture, dramatically manifesting in both the religious and the musical popular’ (p. 125). Therefore, some people not only access this fundamentalist Christian-based homophobia (and patriarchy) in churches, but also through certain popular dancehall songs that reproduce this ideological imperative in their condemnation of those who are involved in ‘buggery’ or ‘sodomy’, amongst other acts of ‘sexual depravity’, thereby closing a circle of contempt and oppression from the very ancient to the very modern. For those who embrace the recourse to ancient writings, ‘the essential sin of homosexual behaviour (sodomy) is said to be forbidden by God and is recognised as a sin so serious as to be punishable by death’ (p. 126), exemplified by the not uncommon exhortation by some Jamaican dancehall artistes to ‘burn’ the ‘chi chi man’ or ‘battyboy’ (derogatory labels for a homosexual male or any man who engages in the act of buggery or sodomy with someone of the same sex). Not surprisingly, therefore, ‘one of the terms that is regularly used to refer to violence against homosexuals is “batty judgement’” (Carr and White, 2005 cited in Boxill, 2011: 7), a verbal juxtaposition that further demonstrates the significant interplay between Christianity and popular culture, the ancient and the modern.

Page 122: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

118 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Two Conservative Christian CSOs

Rise, Agendas and Missions

Today, Christian institutions, amongst other religious groupings, continue to make significant interventions in aspects of Caribbean socio-cultural development, both at the level of the state and civil society. On the surface, this assertion may seem to be in line with recent arguments about the increasing politicisation and reemergence of public religion in modern and apparently secularised societies. Jose Casanova, for example, proposed in his much debated book Public Religion in the Modern World that religion has re-entered the public sphere of civil society for ‘moral and political contestation’ and has gained increased publicity from ‘[…] the mass media, social scientists, professional politicians, and the public at large’ (Casanova, 1994: 3 cited in Beckford, 2010: 122). In this analysis, Casanova locates the process of deprivatisation of religion within the public sphere of civil society, thus creating an arguably over-categorical divide between the state, politics and civil society (Beckford, 2010: 129). Whilst I am here also focusing on civil society bodies, I would argue for a greater degree of inevitable ‘spillover’ into the political and the business of the state, particularly in a small-state context such as Jamaica. Indeed, Casanova (2008) himself later suggests that: ‘The moment one adopts a global comparative perspective, one must admit that the deprivatisation of religion is unlikely to be contained within the public sphere of civil society, within the territorial boundaries of the nation-state, and within the constitutional premises of ecclesiastical disestablishment and juridical separation of church and state’ (p. 110).

Equally, though I agree with scholars such as Casanova that there seems to be renewed interest in and contention over certain manifestations of religion in an array of public arenas in various parts of the world, I am less convinced by the argument that this process of deprivatisation of religion in the modern world is necessarily a relatively recent global trend (Casanova, 2008), particularly when applied to the Jamaican context: religion has never been solely privatised, and thus absent or removed from the public sphere in Jamaica (Beckford, 2010). Of course, in the Caribbean context Christianity and various denominations within it have enjoyed cultural dominance and official status at the expense of other groups, which have at times faced outright marginalisation. In more recent work, Casanova (2008: 103-119) himself acknowledges that this earlier thesis, largely based on European

Page 123: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

119Sexual Citizenship

examples, was in fact very ‘western-centred’ and that the historical processes of modernisation and secularisation described as occurring in post-religious societies may in fact develop rather differently in various modern societies. For instance, much like the United States of America, religious entanglement with the state, political arena and other sectors of civil society is common in Jamaica. In comparison with many European contexts, for example, politicians are far more likely to make a rhetorical appeal to ‘Christian values and doctrines’ than to overtly secularist viewpoints, which as Casanova (2008: 107) points out is also the case with the US. Thus, in the Caribbean as elsewhere in the Americas, Christian values and doctrines have become forms of cultural resources that are deployed when politicians want to motivate members and offer assurance or ‘[…] persuade bystanders, and neutralise their opponents’ (Williams, 1999: 1).

Whilst the activities of formal churches and denominational groupings, as well as their entanglement with the state, are thus still clearly of relevance, this paper examines a more recent strategy of highly visible public civil engagement that is being increasingly used by ‘Church folks’, consisting of the (re)structuring and organising of Christian folks, laypersons as well as clergy, into Christian-based CSOs, whose aims are to shore up and further consolidate Judeo-Christian dominance, which they regard as being under threat by modern secularists both within and outside the country and by recent socio-cultural developments, especially relating to sexuality, gender and human rights. These faith-based organisations seem to be thriving despite suffering from what some scholars of social movements consider to be two major liabilities: (1) absolutist ideological agendas and, (2) strong refusal to compromise with other groups, especially those with opposing ideologies (Davis and Robinson, 2009: 1302).

The two CSOs under analysis, the Lawyers’ Christian Fellowship (LCF) and Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society (JCHS), are of particular importance because of their current local visibility and dominance. Importantly, memberships in both groups are largely not based on denominational association, as is the case with more traditionally recognised organisations such as the Jamaica Council of Churches that have long worked in partnership with the state and civil society (Callam, 2004). Nevertheless, their membership tends to comprise those who embrace a conservative or even arguably fundamentalist interpretation of Christian Scriptures, values and mores. Moreover, both the LCF and JCHS are of particular interest

Page 124: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

120 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

because of their explicit efforts to shape the trajectory of sexual citizenship and human rights in the nation-state, which is in line with their common theological and cultural agendas/visions to defend and promote laws and lifestyles that are reflective of ‘Judeo-Christian values’ against an array of ‘morally corrupting’ practices and world-views such as secular liberalism. For example, LCF’s stated goals include ‘[t]o promote and defend laws and systems grounded in Christian values for the wellbeing of the country’ and ‘[t]o provide information and support to the Church and stakeholders’ about such things as Judeo-Christian perspectives on human rights (Nicholson, n.d.: ‘President’s New Year Message’).

Correspondingly, JCHS self-describes as ‘a group of Christian persons [individuals and organisations] who envision a Jamaican society in which Judeo-Christian values nourish and enrich the social, spiritual, physical, emotional and mental health of the society’ (JCHS, n.d.: ‘About Us’). Consequently, this group, in much the same way as the LCF, share certain core theologically and culturally grounded beliefs about notions of ‘Truth’, ‘family’, ‘marriage’, ‘life’, ‘justice and social inequality’, ‘healing and deliverance’ and ‘love’, all of which are claimed to be premised in Biblical Scriptures (JCHS, n.d.: ‘Beliefs’). Importantly, though both groups are vehement in their beliefs regarding the widespread benefits and thus rightful dominance of Judeo-Christian values and teachings, they make no explicit public claims for establishing a fully theocratic political system. Somewhat ironically, whilst both groups express the primacy of Scriptures in dictating their theological and cultural agendas, their discursive construction of themselves and their agendas is also inextricably linked to ‘secularist’ discourse, in so far as they explicitly represent and defend all that which is in diametrical opposition to secularist liberalism.

Neither the LCF nor JCHS make explicit reference to the specific concept of ‘sexual citizenship’ in their agendas. Nonetheless, they actively participate in shaping both the development of discourse around the term, as well as the actual realisation of what the concept means in the society through their engagement with matters relating to the experience and governance of sexuality and gender in the nation-state. The greater interventionism and volubility of the LCF, which self-describes as ‘an interdenominational association of members of the legal profession, including law students and teachers of law in Jamaica’ (LCF, n.d.: ‘About LCF Jamaica’), is a relatively recent phenomenon: though the organisation has been around since 1974,

Page 125: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

121Sexual Citizenship

it has garnered particular prominence in the last decade since 2005, ‘with the advent of discussions on a proposed Charter of Fundamental Rights and Freedoms for all Jamaican citizens’ (LCF, n.d.: ‘National Profile’). This more conspicuous profile, as reported on the organisation’s Website, was in part due to their concerns, on the one hand, about the possible amendments to the pre-existing 1962 Charter that they considered would have curtailed religious freedom and, on the other hand, their involvement in the national debates around same-sex relations and abortion that were also taking place (ibid.). The immediate past president of the organisation spoke to this concern and cause for legal intervention in an address to the Lion’s Club of Jamaica, Kingston, following the April 2011 passing of the now enforce Charter of Fundamental Rights and Freedoms:

Knowing what was happening in so-called free and democratic countries, for example, Canada, where consistently, the rights of homosexuals trumped rights to conscience, and where it has been declared that women have the right to take the lives of their unborn children, ought we to have sat by just getting on with our daily routine without, at the very least, warning the nation? We do no less than sound a warning. This we did, and thankfully, we received a favourable hearing. (‘Charter of Rights and the Moral Divide’, Jamaica Gleaner, April 10, 2011; see also H, 2011)

This statement highlights not only a sense of duty to act in securing the interest of the nation (meaning in this case the rights and values of Christian, ‘respectable’, heterosexual citizens), but also a relieved recognition that such endeavours did not go unheeded (Lazarus 2013). Other conservative Christians who share particular concerns about the weakening of the churches’ influence and the proliferation of ‘immoral’ sexualities and sexual practices may laud this kind of mobilisation as a sign that ‘the Church is beginning to wake up. [That] there are individuals within our churches who are beginning to step up to the plate and be bold. They are realising that … in many cases the destiny and future of the nation rest upon them speaking out or being silent’ (interview, 18 June 2012).

Anxieties around the possibility of the legal inscription of an inclusive definition of sexual citizenship were in part also the impetus for the formation the JCHS. Unlike the LCF, JCHS, which self-describes as a

Page 126: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

122 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

‘family advocacy NGO’, was formed in January 20126, directly after a controversial declaration in the 2011 election debates by Mrs. Portia Simpson Miller, the leader of the then opposition party, the People’s National Party (PNP). This controversial declaration was to the effect that, ‘no one should be discriminated against because of their sexual orientation and if elected Prime Minister she would review the anti-gay buggery law’ (Canning, 2011).7 Their emergence also followed a number of legal reform processes that had been underway for some time. First and foremost, for a little over two decades (from roughly 1991 to April of 2011) Jamaica had been engaged in the process of constitutional reform, which was, as legal scholar Tracy Robinson (2004) writes, ‘the longest running [such process] in the recent period’ (p. 595) within the region. The 2011 Charter of Fundamental Rights and Freedoms has thus now – finally – replaced Chapter Three of the country’s 1962 constitution. Second, the country not only reviewed its Sexual Offences Act – with amendments to this Act being passed into law by both houses of Parliament in 2009, addressing matters such as incest, grievous sexual assault and rape, including marital rape –, but also its Offences Against the Person Act, which deals with, amongst other issues, abortion and the criminalisation of buggery (the so-called ‘buggery laws’ that are often associated with the criminalisation of homosexuality per se). These processes offered some opportunity to at least begin discussions about the human rights violations and the general derogatory treatment of lesbian, gays, bisexuals and transgendered (LGBT) peoples in the citizenship

6The year 2012 saw the formation of yet another conservative Christian CSO, The Love March Movement, which, unlike the two groups discussed in this paper, is a youth-based organisation. The Love March Movement centres concerns about sexual purity and the ‘protection’ of the heterosexual family and marriage in their unambiguous agenda of ‘representing Christ’s view on sexual sin, sexual purity and standing in love and prayer for our country’ (https://www.facebook.com/pages/Love-March-Movement/353170848144356?sk=info&tab=page_info_). 7The Rt. Honourable Portia Simpson Miller was sworn in as Prime Minister of Jamaica on January 05, 2012, following the December 2011 election victory of the People’s National Party (PNP) (Jamaica Information Service, n.d.). The above-discussed declaration by Simpson Miller was cause for grave concern about slackening of moral values and bowing to external pressure amongst conservative elements in the society, including some influential Church leaders such as the Reverend Wellesley Blair and Al Miller, or President of the Deliverance Evangelistic Association and Political Ombudsman Reverend Herro Blair (Jamaica Gleaner, January 09, 2012; Jamaica Observer, December 22, Jamaica Observer, 28, 2011). Despite this, the PNP party achieved a landslide victory in the 2011 election.

Page 127: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

123Sexual Citizenship

machinery,8 but also about the country’s laws regarding women’s sexual rights and reproductive health. Indeed, these processes were seen by some as potentially pivotal in the struggles for improving women’s reproductive health and for safeguarding legal protection as well as the dignity, respect and equality of LGBT peoples (Lazarus, 2013; Robinson, 2004).

For some conservative elements in the society these events were confirmation of the rise and ever-greater proximity of secularism, individualism and the ongoing threat of Western cultural-economic imperialism. The Jamaican groupings that mobilised in response thus often saw themselves as local sentries manning the ramparts against the incursion of pernicious international memes. Interestingly, however, the LCF is itself one arm of an international network that was founded in the United Kingdom in 1852. Furthermore, both groups seek to project a globally relevant profile by sometimes locating their advocacy in the context of international movements or calendars. The International Human Rights Day Conference, organised by JCHS in association with Jamaica CAUSE and the LCF, is one example of the group recognising an international event. This conference, though locally organised and staged, included specially invited international presenters such as Dr. Judith A. Reisman, ‘former consultant to the United States department of justice, education, health and human services’ and ‘expert on science fraud, human sexuality, child sexual abuse, and mass media effects…’ (‘Int’l human rights heavyweights for local conference and rally’ Jamaica Observer, December 03, 2014).

8 Although I use the term ‘LGBT’ here for explanatory convenience, I am very much aware of its limitations, especially regarding whom it may potentially exclude or include. In the present era, the usage of such a term or any of its alternatives is inevitably conditioned by a politics of naming that should be acknowledged since it cannot be entirely avoided. Specifically, though this is the label used by the local Jamaican activist group, Jamaica Forum for Lesbians, All-Sexuals and Gays (J-FLAG), it may not necessarily reflect the ways in which all those whom it seeks to represent choose to self-identify. Further complicating the issue in the Caribbean context, there is an array of local and regional labels that have long provided avenues for recognisability and visibility, amongst other effects. As Faith Smith (2011) cautions, the local lexicon that offers insider names such as ‘sodomite’, ‘jammette’ and “chichi man” can be a rich source ‘of abusive terms for women and men who diverge from the procreative trajectories of national or ethnic collectivities’ (p. 9). In other words, creole lexicons and local insider names may not only ‘affirm and liberate’ but also ‘police and authenticate’ (ibid.). Notwithstanding theses entanglements, the act of naming, even if only strategically undertaken, is clearly crucial in struggles for rights, personhood and full inclusion into the citizenship machinery.

Page 128: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

124 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

For these groups, these developments marked an increasing threat of ‘devastation’ of the heterosexual family, religion and morality on the pretext of shoring up human rights and securing equal citizenship. Ultimately, the vociferousness of conservative mobilisation, within which the LCF was very prominent, was in part responsible for sexual orientation not eventually being included as a category in the amended Charter of Fundamental Rights and Freedoms and for marriage becoming legally enshrined as a heterosexual monogamous institution. Equally, no changes were made to the sections of the legislation dealing with buggery and abortion (Lazarus, 2011; 2013).

Christian conservatives may thus have had some degree of significant influence on both the constitutional reform process and review of the abortion laws at this point in history. However, there is no clear consensus on what this ultimately means for the trajectory of the nation, particularly in regard to gender and sexual citizenship and rights. Amongst a group of ten knowledgeable respondents interviewed by this author, it was found, for example, that there was lack of consensus about whether these ‘wins’ claimed by and attributed to conservative groups such as the LCF are unequivocally indicative of a general privileging of a conservative interpretation of Christianity in the newly amended constitution overall. The majority of the respondents (six out of ten), however, explicitly stated that they believed that there was some amount of privileging of a specific interpretation of Christian values and discourses in at least the specific areas identified above. For some of these respondents, Christian conservatives’ mobilisation and the victories they eventually claimed reflected the general dominance of this group and its ideologies within the wider society. In a similar vein, in a recent presentation entitled ‘Man to Man Is so Unjust: Disclaiming Sexual Citizenship in Fundamentalist Jamaica’, renowned professor and cultural pundit Carolyn Cooper asserts that fundamentalist definitions of sexual citizenship must be undermined in order to create a truly just society in Jamaica, as their representation of this concept and by extension of Jamaican identity is premised on compulsory heterosexuality.9

9 https://twitter.com/equality_ja/status/466289434384531456.

Page 129: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

125Sexual Citizenship

Discursive and Outreach Strategies

In pursuing a ‘healthy society’, guided by Judeo-Christian values and beliefs as delineated in the Bible, both groups envision a Jamaica whose culture is largely already grounded in this theocratic worldview and as such their purpose is to protect what is recognised a priori to be the ‘greater good of the people’. This is captured in the following joint statement made by JCHS and LCF at the civil society forum at the 7th renewal of the Submit of the Americas:

Jamaica and no doubt, other members of the Caribbean Community, firmly uphold ‘the right to develop our cultural, political and economic life freely and naturally’.

We therefore reject every attempt by any nation or organisation to define or redefine our national identities. We reject attempts to impose ideas and lifestyles that are contrary to the expressed democratic views of the majority of our populations. Furthermore, from a public health point of view, behaviours that are socially dysfunctional and that are high risk for HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases, cannot be endorsed by our populations.

We, the JCHS and the LCF reaffirm our commitment to stand for the institution of the natural and logical family as the foundation for building healthy sustainable societies. Our national leaders should take courage to do likewise. (JCHS and LCF, 2015: para. 4-6)

The discourse of a ‘healthy society’ that both groups espouse bears much resemblance to the more commonly heard ‘public good’ discourse and a particular vision of it that emphasises individual’s duties to the collective, self-abnegation and the primacy of God’s authority in dictating morality, ‘Truth’ and the terms of what constitutes the ‘good life and society’. Rhys Williams (1999) identifies this vision of the public good as resonating in what he termed the ‘contractual model’, that is, the conceptualisation of society as a ‘moral community’ bound in a ‘…covenantal relationship with God or some form of transcendent authority’ (p. 4). As such, ‘The common good is those social arrangements that are in accord with transcendent authority. In the main, individual preferences, wants, and choices are subordinated to the health of the moral community’ (ibid.: 5). Similarly to the New Right’s

Page 130: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

126 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

focus in the United States on sexuality in their espousal of this model of the public good, the LCF and JCHS thus oppose the societal normalisation and legal recognition of certain claims to rights, sexual and gender identities and practices that they regard as undermining God’s ultimate will for the Jamaican nation. Laws, for instance, must therefore, be put in place or, where they already exist, maintained in order to curtail these kinds of ‘human depravity’. In this view, the state’s role is ideally not that of a neutral arbiter, but rather to preserve the health of the moral community by using its instruments to actively condone certain lifestyles and, by implication, disqualify others.

The conceptual basis for distinguishing between desirable and undesirable lifestyles lies principally in the adjectival triad ‘healthy’-‘natural’-‘logical’, which constitutes an appeal to the discourse of lex naturalis ultimately dating back to the Stoics: that which is ‘natural’ is asserted as ‘right’ a priori, according to a commonsense ‘logic’ that brooks no dissent regarding the actual substance of the categories ‘healthy’, ‘natural’ or ‘logical’, nor their ontological equivalence. Historical examples suggesting the speciousness of assertions of the a priori and perennial justness of that which is ‘natural’ - such as Aristotle’s doctrine of ‘natural slavery’, resuscitated in the era of the transatlantic slave trade - do not need to be addressed from a strategic point of view: the moral majoritarian stand-point voiced here presumes that twenty-first century Jamaicans overwhelmingly agree both on what is ‘natural’, which is often in line with fundamentalist interpretations of Scriptures, and that ‘natural’ equates with ‘right’, so no further unpacking of the ‘logical’ connection between these categories or their contents is required.

The contractual model also points up the individual’s duty to maintain the contractual relationship with the transcendental being, in this case God, in so far as preserving the ‘health of the moral community’ (Williams, 1999: 4-7). The LCF has thus taken on the self-appointed role as the moral compass of the nation-state, seeking to influence an array of issues relating to governance and citizenship, including sexual citizenship:

LCF is a voice to the nation of Jamaica on matters affecting the very fabric of our society. LCF has made valuable contributions in the form of position papers, articles, press releases and representation on matters such as the recently proposed Charter of Rights, proposed amendments to the Bail Act, the upsurge in crime and violence,

Page 131: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

127Sexual Citizenship

the defence of the unborn and the right to life. (LCF, n.d.: ‘On the Agenda’, emphasis added)

Comparable proclamations are made by JCHS. For example, their website reports that members ‘…are committed to being cultural watchmen and bearers of God’s truth and love. Consequently, members serve as advocates and educators across the island and encourage others to do the same’. As noted, the group’s functions are to:

- Advocate the daily practice of … [its] beliefs in Jamaica.- Educate the public on current issues facing the Jamaican society, and the relevance of the Bible to addressing these issues.- Confront the prevailing culture with the immutable and infallible truth of the Bible.- Mobilise the church and allies alike to further the work of the coalition through its various activities.- Direct interested persons who have intentionally or unintention ally deviated from Biblical standard […] to counselling resources.- Lobby persons and/or institutions in positions of political, economic and social influence with the aim of garnering their support in safe-guarding and promoting justice and truth (JCHS, n.d.: ‘Beliefs’, subheading ‘Functions’).

Additionally, JCHS, as highlighted by Daniel Thwaites in his article ‘Gimme that Old-time Religion!’, put forward in its inception a list of 10 ‘affirmations’ it hopes will guide the [Jamaican] State, marking an early endeavour to advance this mandate as ‘cultural watchmen’ and more specifically, an explicit attempt to influence the conceptualisation of sexual citizenship at the state level. These include:

2) We affirm that monogamous heterosexual marriage is the only form of partnership approved by God.

3) We firmly oppose sexual relations outside a faithful, monoga mous, marital relationship, whether those relationships are premarital, extramarital, homoerotic, or purchased.

Page 132: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

128 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

4) We affirm God’s love and concern for all humanity ... but believe homoerotic sexual practice, prostitution, and sex out side marriage to be incompatible with the will of God as re- vealed in the Bible. (Jamaica Gleaner, May 27, 2012)

The above statements highlight the entrenched view that marriage is not simply a partnership resulting from, amongst other things, shared intimacy, but are most importantly, a heterosexual, lifelong, divinely sanctioned and monogamous union that is also about the ideal configuration and preservation of the family and, by extension, the nation-state. Here, we see not only a condemnation of the possibility and legitimacy of same-sex marriages but also of heterosexual unions that do not fit these morally charged criteria for ‘legitimate’ marriage. This stance mirrors the state’s pre-existing legal definition of marriage, as enshrined in the newly amended Charter of Fundamental Rights and Freedoms. Specifically, Section 18(2) of the newly amended Charter, provides a definition of marriage, which states that a marriage or any relationship like marriage can only be contracted or legally recognised in Jamaica if they constitute a ‘voluntary union of one man and one woman’ (Jamaica 2011 Constitution, Chapter III, Section 18). This freshly minted definition of marriage, which was not previously explicitly defined in law, in the country’s constitution, not only obviated the much-feared possibility of allowing same-sex marriages, but also potentially excluded some culturally relevant non-Judeo-Christian unions. One renowned clergyman, the Reverend Garth Minott shared the concern that based on this definition, alternative unions, such as polygamy or arranged marriages that reflect the cultural or religious viewpoints of other groups within the society, will not be recognised. He notes, that,

[…] for example […] in Hindu arrangements the couple can be married before they actually come to live together in which case the person can get married before you are sixteen years old, which is not legal in our context, so Christian marriage...from a western point of view, excludes that kind of arrangement and of course there are other forms of marriages, civil unions, for example, which do not fall under this category (interview, 20 June 2012).

Besides their direct interventions in legal processes, including the afore-mentioned constitutional reforms, the LCF, like JCHS, also seek to impact local understandings of sexual citizenship through their various

Page 133: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

129Sexual Citizenship

other outreach activities. These include involvement in national debates, organisation of rallies/protests, taking their ministry into various schools, television and radio appearances, writing position statements on such things as human rights, abortion and homosexuality as well as other frequent written submissions that are published in the two local mainstream newspapers, the Gleaner and the Observer. Evidently, these groups are given opportunities to publicly circulate their views on sexual citizenship, particularly as they relate to human and sexual rights, family, marriage, reproductive health as well as cultural and national sovereignty. Their views thus permeate the society at various levels, including the young and impressionable, leaders of state and in reputable traditional arenas that are still of cultural significance.

However, the value of using newer media, namely internet-based information and communication technologies, is not lost on either group: internet platforms such as websites, Twitter and Facebook not only provide alternative spaces to the traditional media but also the opportunity to access a transnational audience and to share resources. Indeed, JCHS has, for instance, relied on internet platforms, especially a very active and en-gaging website, to publicise much of the outreach activities that they have organised since their 2012 inception, including their highly controversial campaign, ‘Speaking Truth is NOT Homophobia’, which garnered much attention in various local as well as regional and international arenas. One can also access externally sourced and internally produced resources on this site, such as their 2014 documentary, ‘Sex, Lies and Rights: A Seduction of Law, Medicine and Politics’, which claims to address the reality of ‘the homosexual/Lesbian Gay Bisexual Transgender (LGBT) agenda and its implications for Jamaica’.

Both the LCF and JCHS also actively support like-minded stakeholders, including churches and other Christian-based organisations, both locally and internationally. For example, in a May 27, 2014 press release, JCHS, in lined with their ‘Speaking Truth is Not Homophobia’ campaign, declared that it had joined with others in protesting the termination of Professor Brendan Bain’s contract as Director of the Caribbean HIV/AIDS Regional Training network (CHART) by the University of the West In-dies (UWI). Professor Bain’s, dismissal followed his submission of an Expert Report to the Belizean High Court in which he spoke of, amongst other things, the high incidences of HIV amongst men who have sex with men and asserted that the ‘decriminalisation of anal sex would be “public approval to risky

Page 134: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

130 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

behaviours”’ (Haynes and Nixon, 2014: ‘The Human Factor and Public Health,’ para. 1). These claims and the ensuing dismissal provoked a range of reactions from stakeholders. Some, including LGBT lobbyists and the UWI’s then Vice Chancellor Professor Nigel E. Harris, claimed that Bain’s position was a conflict of interests. In an interview with RJR News, ‘UWI defends dismissal of Professor Brendan Bain’, on May 21, 2014, Professor Harris argued that the dismissal,

[…] was not about the university caving in to pressure from influential and powerful gay rights lobby groups. […} if he were a member of the academic community this would have no impact on his academic standing. This is not about his rights to give testimony, it is not about his rights as a Christian, it is not about the views that he might hold, this is about someone having a position in a programme which the university has been contracted to man-age and really losing the confidence of the people in an important sector that the programme must reach.10

For JCHS, however, Bain provided evidence based on ‘truth’ grounded in ‘objective scientific facts’, though a justifiably critique of this claim, and others like it, is that no science is ‘objective’ or ‘neutral’ and free of human biases (Haynes and Nixon, 2014). Regardless, for JCHS, ‘LGBTI lobbyists secured Professor Bain’s dismissal, by defaming his character and work’, which ‘is merely another example of the LGBT commitment to intimidate, bully, harass and victimise anyone who does not endorse homosexual behaviour’ (JCHS, 2014: para. 5).

The LCF not only has members in common with JCHS, but has directly participated in the formation of other conservative Christian CSO’s, most recently Jamaica CAUSE.11 According to the JCHS’ June 2014 newsletter,

10 http://rjrnewsonline.com/local/uwi-defends-dismissal-of-professor-brendan-bain.11 Jamaica CAUSE is a ‘grouping of Jamaican churches concerned about the advancing attack on our sovereignty and constitutional freedoms, in particular freedom of conscience, expression and religious liberty.’ Though they speak of religious freedoms, this group, like the ones that are discussed in this paper, places an emphasis on protecting the value of Christianity in Jamaica, thus reaffirming the historically intimate connection between nation-building and Christianity. Jamaica CAUSE proclaims ‘to stand for justice, truth and protection of Jamaica’s Christian heritage, values and standards,’ as well as ‘for the biblical worldview as the ideal foundation for nation-building and human flourishing’ (https://www.facebook.com/pages/Jamaica-CAUSE/608092169298015?sk=info&tab=page_info).

Page 135: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

131Sexual Citizenship

‘Jamaica CAUSE arose out of the protests against Professor Bain’s dismissal and the full realisation of the advancing attack by the LGBT agenda on Jamaica’s sovereignty and constitutional freedoms, in particular freedom of conscience, expression and religious liberty’.12 Moreover, both the LCF and JCHS have also organised, individually and in collaboration with others, a number of conferences on human rights, the LGBT agenda and the current state of the family and marriage. These conferences seek to shape the discourse of sexual citizenship and the environment in which discussions are taking place in three ways: (1) they often involve a response to a perceived national crisis or misunderstanding about an issue of relevance to this concept; (2) they may involve not only local but also regional and international participation, with an aim of uniting like-minded people and educating the misinformed and, (3) occur in prime locations, where their public presence will not go unnoticed.

The December 2012 international conference on ‘Human Rights, International Law and the Family’, organised by JCHS in association with the LCF and held at the Jamaica Conference Centre, is one example of the ways in which these groups seek to impact sexual citizenship through the coming together of like-minded individuals to address an issue of utmost pertinence from their ideological standpoints. One report on the event states that:

This year’s conference ‘explored in detail the basis for new ‘rights’ and the threats which these ‘rights’ pose to the traditional, natural family. Speakers included individuals from other countries. At the end of the Conference participants were invited to sign The Kingston Declaration, a formal statement outlining the Judeo-Christian ideals for marriage and the natural family, which serves as the basis for a healthy society’. (Ramdeen, n.d.: 3)

This particular conference had a twofold agenda: (1) ‘To explore the impact of expanding human rights and suggested changes to international law on the health and survival of the natural family’ and (2) ‘To determine the importance of worldviews on public policy and the continued relevance of the Judeo-Christian “worldview”’ (quoted in Ramdeen, n.d.: 3). The conference

12 http://www.jchs.org.jm/uploads/1/3/4/4/13441454/jchs_newsletter_june_2014_1.pdf

Page 136: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

132 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

was also accompanied by a public event on December 10th —International Human Rights Day— entitled ‘Celebrating God: Giver of Rights’, which was held in the richly symbolic national and cultural space of Kingston’s Emancipation Park. This event and the choice of location may be read as a conscious attempt to ‘sacralise’ what some may consider ought to be a secular topic and space. In other words, this constitutes a highly strategic move to present a particular Christian interpretation of human rights to the public at large in a space that is associated with freedom, justice and national pride.

The implication is that any claims to rights that are not seen as reflective of the ‘natural will’ of God nor His teachings and values ought to be treated with suspicion and rejected. Legal scholar Jakob Cornides, J. D (2010: i), in a paper published by the Catholic Family and Human Rights Institute and available on the LCF’s website similarly posits:

That tradition [of respecting those rights that are grounded in the truth based on natural law], if not close to becoming extinct, is certainly endangered, as proponents of new theories of ‘human rights’ emerge and dominate the discourse at the United Nations, in the capitals of aid-dispensing countries of the global North and in the academic journals. There is a proliferation of rights – ‘reproductive rights,’ the right to non-discrimination based on undefined and malleable categories of ‘sexual orientation and gender,’ the right to die – all of which threaten to crowd out long-established rights, such as the rights of conscience, free speech and religious free exercise when the old and the new rights (inevitably) come into conflict.

Those who accept this ideological viewpoint argue that proponents of the ‘new’ sexual rights agenda seek to replace ‘accepted norms’ with a pro-homosexual, pro-abortion, and in general free-for-all ideology that elevates certain ‘new’ claims to human rights, along with militant secularism, to the status of modern theology (Lazarus, 2013).

Both groups tend to prioritise local interventions and initiatives. However, as suggested above, they are by no means parochial in that they often evince awareness of developments in other cultural and geographical con-texts. These international points of contact are naturally strategic and favour interpretations that are in line with their own ideological perspectives and

Page 137: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

133Sexual Citizenship

concerns. Global inter-connectedness is thus often highlighted in their references to ‘clandestine’ developments around sexual citizenship and human rights in the Global North, which serve as evidence of things to come if Jamaicans —who are generally presumed to be overwhelmingly in favour of their particular Christian theocratic worldview — are not made aware of these machinations and motivated to act against them. In the intermediate sphere between the national and the global, JCHS also seeks to influence regional governance. A petition titled the ‘CARICOM Civil Society Declaration of June 2015’ marks one of the group’s most recent initiatives against the local and regional acceptance of an inclusive notion of sexual citizenship in so far as it relates to an acceptance of certain interpretations of human, specifically sexual, rights. This petition, which is available in a number of languages, proclaims that Caribbean societies are under persistent attack and international pressure to ‘adopt and accept a re-interpretation of human rights that will undermine true fundamental human rights and the institutions of marriage and the family’ (JCHS, 2015). Consequently, ‘concerned Caribbean citizens’ in the JCHS are ‘…urging our governments, and inviting allied members of civil society from around the world to preserve existing legal definitions of marriage and family, reject same sex marriage, and also to reject the growing calls for euthanasia’ (ibid.: para. 2).’ In this endeavour, JCHS calls for all right-thinking Caribbean citizens’ mobilisation and political action. Somewhat ironically, the group is thus prepared to invite support from likeminded outside forces in response to what is posited as a largely external attack, suggesting that there can be ‘good’ as well as ‘bad’ external interventions, notwithstanding the perilous examples of ‘so-called free and democratic countries’. Though the outcome of this initiative is not yet known, at the time of writing of this paper, the petition had garnered over thirteen thousand signatories towards its stated goal of twenty thousand.

Conclusion

Considering the deep-seated concerns about such issues as sexual purity, homosexuality, and the ‘protection’ of heterosexual marriage and family institutions that are embedded in their respective agendas, it is somewhat self-evident that these two groups find highly problematic and potentially dangerous any representation of sexual citizenship that goes beyond the limits of hegemonic compulsory heterosexuality and poses a challenge to certain absolutist interpretations of a Christian theological perspective

Page 138: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

134 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

and lifestyle. This would undoubtedly include those definitions that draw attention to ‘sexual autonomy’, equality and ‘new claims to rights and sexual justice’ and to ‘concerns […]: with the body, its possibilities, needs and pleasures; with new sexualised [and gendered] identities; and with the forces that inhibit their free, consensual development in a democratic polity committed to full and equal citizenship...’ (Weeks, 1998: 37-8; see also C. Robinson, 2012). Whilst it may still be too early to ascertain the lasting impact that these groups will have on the discourse and reality of sexual citizenship in Jamaica, what can be said is that their intent is to maintain a notion of citizenship that is grounded in hegemonic hetero-sexuality and a particularly conservative interpretation of Judeo-Christian values. In advancing this conservative agenda, they place tremendous emphasis on the merits of preserving the heterosexual marriage and family as the building blocks for a ‘morally good’, ‘healthy’ and ‘sustainable’ nation.

The groups may not be amenable, at least not in the foreseeable future, to changing their understandings of citizenship, human rights and the markers of a ‘healthy’ society in ways that will include recognition of certain sexual and gendered practices and claims to rights. This refusal to budge may pose obstacles, some more detrimental than others, to ongoing meaningful dialogue relating to these issues in the public arena. However, their voices and actions, though seemingly the loudest and most visible at times amongst Christians and lay persons in general, should and cannot be justifiable taken as representative of the positions of all Jamaicans and Carib-bean Christian peoples (Lazarus, 2013). Indeed, others, such as the Reverend Father Sean Major Campbell, are questioning and seeking to remedy some of the injustices ─ which have been informed and justified, implicitly or explicitly, on Biblical grounds (Boxill, 2011; Carr, 2003; Lewis and Carr, 2009) ─ against persons who are seen as transgressing moral, gendered and sexual norms. An envisioning and possible realisation of a more inclusive and just notion of citizenship will thus require a willingness on the part of all those who share these desires to engage in ongoing serious and at times painful conversations to map a realistic way forward, alongside critical reflections and varied activism.

In further analysing the aforementioned groups, it would be illuminating to examine not only their messages and ideological contours, but how they survive as CSOs. For example, on a practical level how do they collaborate or interact with other religious and non-religious groups within the society? Are

Page 139: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

135Sexual Citizenship

they prepared to make any ideological concessions in bringing individuals into the group, or in forming alliances across groups and broadening the movement? As referenced above, the social movement literature identifies that any movement that adheres to unambiguous, strict and rigid ideological perspectives as well as an unwillingness to compromise with others, including those who share opposing views and desires, tends to sow the seeds of its own dissolution. (Davis and Robinson, 2009: 1311). This is due to a number of factors such as the inability to attract a dedicated following that will consistently adhere to all of the group’s beliefs and objectives, as well as the difficulties in forming necessary alliances across groups (Davis and Robinson, 2009). Although the LCF and JCHS are at different stages in their existence, they have some notable similarities in terms of both their agendas and their survival strategies. Both groups have managed to form alliances with other conservative groups and likeminded individuals. In addition, the groups have also sought to present a benevolent image of their organisations by openly opposing violence against women, children and LGBT peoples. That is, by taking an explicit stance against certain kinds of gender and sexual violence within the society that they have been accused of implicitly legitimating through their ideological stance and outreach activities, they aim to ‘head off at the pass’ any further such accusations, as evidenced by the prominent declaration at the foot of JCHS’ homepage:

THE JAMAICA COALITION FOR A HEALTHY SOCIETY CONDEMNS AND ACTIVELY DENOUNCES VIOLENCE AGAINST ANYONE. WE STRONGLY AND UNAMBIGUOUSLY AFFIRM THE INHERENT DIGNITY AND WORTH OF EVERY HUMAN BEING, WITHOUT FURTHER QUALIFICATION AS BEING MADE IN THE IMAGE OF GOD.

One may thus argue that though these organisations have seemingly strict and apparently exclusionary agendas, especially in relation to their views on the family, marriage, sexuality and human rights, there is also a layer of complexity that must be further explored. That is, though they may condemn certain ‘sinful’ acts and secularist ideological positions, they nonetheless regard themselves as protectors of the human rights of all. Some may thus see the above message as a sincere appeal to tolerance. In the context of Jamaica, as elsewhere, Christianity has been complicit in both the marginalisation and redemption of various groups of citizens and ‘non-citizens’. In this tradition, these groups represent themselves as the ‘moral compass’ in the society, and

Page 140: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

136 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

as such also see their role as defenders of justice for the weak and a voice of unity. This, however, does not invalidate accusations that their underlying ideologies may be used to morally justify or promote silence against various forms of violence carried out by others. Or, arguably, that there are aspects of their messages that constitute forms of violence, in and of itself, against any person who reject or cannot conform to the particular heteronormative, patriarchal and Christian norms being espoused.

References

Alexander, M. Jacqui. (1997) ‘Insurgent Sexuality’, in M. J. Alexander, and C. T. Mohanty (eds), Feminist Genealogies, Colonial Legacies, Democ-ratic Futures, New York: Routledge, pp. 20-38.

—. (1994) ‘Not Just (Any) Body Can Be a Citizen: The Politics of Law, Sexual-ity and Post-coloniality in Trinidad and Tobago and the Bahamas’,

Feminist Review, 48(5): 23-60. <http://links.jstor.org/sici?=01417789%28199423%290%3A48%3C5%3ANJ%28BCB%3E2.00%3B2-A. >

Beckford, James A. (2010) ‘The Return of Public Religion? A Critical Assess-ment of a Popular Claim’, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society, 23(2): 121-136.

<tapir.pdc.no/pdf/NJRS/2010/2010-02-2.pdf>Boxill, Ian. (2011) National Survey of Attitudes and Perceptions of Jamaicans

Towards Same Sex Relationships, Kingston, Jamaica: Department of Sociology, Psychology and Social Work, University of the West Indies, Mona, <http://www.aidsfreeworld.org/OurIssues/Homophobia/~/media/Files/Homo-phoia/Jamaica%20National%20Survey%20on%20Homophobia.pdf.>(accessed 01 June 2011)

Callam, Neville. (2004) Voicing Concern: The Social Witness of the Jamaica Council of Churches, Kingston, Jamaica: Pelican Publishers Limited.

Canning, Paul. (2011) ‘Jamaican Opposition Leader backs LGBT Rights in “Historic” Moment’. LGBTQNation, <http://www.lgbtqnation.

com/2011/12/jamaican-opposition-leader-backs-lgbt-rights-in-historic-moment/> (accessed 21December)

Carr, Robert. (2009) ‘Social Exclusion, Citizenship and Rights’, in C. Barrow, M. de Bruin, and R. Carr (eds) Sexuality, Social Exclusion and Human Rights: Vulnerability in the Caribbean Context of HIV, Kingston, Ja-maica: Ian Randall Publishers, pp. 71-92.

________. (2003) Poverty, Sexuality-Based Violence and Human Rights in 21st Century Jamaica’, Caribbean Journal of Social Work, 2: 71-87.

Casanova, Jose. (2008) ‘Public Religions Revisited’, in H. de Vries (ed) Religion:

Page 141: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

137Sexual Citizenship

Beyond the Concept, Harvard University: Fordham U.P., pp. 101-119, <Dev.wcfia.harvard.edu>

Corboz, Julienne. (2009) ‘Sexuality, Citizenship and Sexual Rights’, Melbourne: The Australian Research Centre in Sex, Health and Society (ARCSHS), 10 July ,

<www.iasscs.org/author/julienne-corboz> (accessed 12 October 2015)Cornides, Jakob. (2010) ‘Natural and Un-Natural Law’, Legal Studies Series, (2):

i-53. <http://www.c-fam.org/lawgroup/white-papers/natural-and-unnatural-law.

html.> Cornwall, Andrea, Susan Correa, and Susie Jolly. (2008) ‘Development Within

a Body: Making the Connection between Sexuality, Human Rights and Development’, in A. Cornwall, S. Correa and S. Jolly (eds) Develop-ment with a Body: Sexuality, Human Rights and Development, Islington, London: Zed Books, pp. 1-21.

Davis, Nancy, J. and Robert, V. Robinson. (2009) ‘Overcoming Movement Ob-stacles by the Religiously Orthodox: The Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt, Shas in Israel, Comunione e Liberazione in Italy, and the Salvation Army in the United States’, American Journal of Sociology, 114(5):1302-1349.

Dayfoot, Arthur C. (2001) ‘Themes from West Indian Church History in Colonial and Post-colonial Times’, in P. Taylor (ed) Nation Dance: Religion, Identity, and Cultural Difference in the Caribbean, Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, pp. 79-88. .

Gosine, Andil. (2009) ‘Monster, Womb, MSM: The Work of Sex in International Development’, Development: Society of International Development, 52(1): 25-33. <www.sidint.org/development>

Gutzmore, Cecil. (2004) ‘Casting the First Stone! : Policing of Homo/Sexuality in Jamaican Popular Culture’, Interventions, 6(1):118-134. doi:10.1080/1369801042000185697.

H. (2011) ‘Lawyer’s Christian Fellowship Hypocrisy from Shirley Richards: “Charter of Rights and the Moral divide,”’ Gay Lesbian Bisexual Trans-gender and Queer Jamaica. GLBTQJA Blogs, <http://glbtqjamaica.blogspot.com/2011/04/lawyers-christian-fellowship-hypocrisy.html.> (accessed 10 June 2015).

Haynes, Tonya and Angelique V. Nixon. (2014) ‘No Science is Neutral: A long hard look at Bain’s Affidavit and the Aftermath,’ Groundation Grenada,

<http://groundationgrenada.com/2014/07/01/no-science-is-neutral-a-long-hard-look-at-bains-affidavit-and-the-aftermath/> (accessed 03 Jan-uary 2016).

Jamaica. (2011) The Charter of Fundamental Rights and Freedoms (Constitu-tional Amendment) Act, 2011 (No. 12), Kingston, Jamaica: Houses of Parliament, <http://www.japarliament.gov.jm/attachments/341_The%20Charter%20o

Page 142: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

138 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

f%20Fundamental%20Rights%20and%20Freedoms%20(Constitutional%20Amendment)% 20Act,%202011.pdf.>

Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society. (2015) ‘Preserve Healthy Caribbean Societies!’ Citizen Go,

<http://www.citizengo.org/en/25738-preserve-healthy-caribbean-societies> (accessed 02 July 2015).

_____. (2014) “PRESS RELEASE by the Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Soci-ety (JCHS)”, May 27, 2014,

<http://www.jchs.org.jm/uploads/1/3/4/4/13441454/jchs_press_release_on_prof_bain_dismissal.pdf > (accessed 03January 2016)

______. (2014) “JAMAICA COALITION FOR A HEALTHY SOCIETY”, E-Newsletter: June 2014,

<http://www.jchs.org.jm/uploads/1/3/4/4/13441454/jchs_newsletter_june_2014_1.pdf > (accessed 03January 2016).

_____. (n.d.) About Us, < http://www.jchs.org.jm/> (accessed 10 June 2015)._____.( n.d.) The Charter of the Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society, <http://www.jchs.org.jm/uploads/1/3/4/4/13441454/jchs_charter_2012.

pdf > (accessed 10June 2015). Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society and Lawyers Christian Fellowship. (2015)

“Statement By Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society and Lawyers Christian Fellowship, Jamaica,” Summit of the Americas 2015, Panama, 10 April, Jamaica Coalition for a Healthy Society,

<http://www.jchs.org.jm/uploads/1/3/4/4/13441454/jchs_lcf_press_statement_summit_of_americas_2015.pdf> (accessed 08 August 2015).

Jamaica Information Service. (n.d.) The Most Honourable Portia Simpson Miller, O.N., M.P. Prime Minister,

<http://jis.gov.jm/profiles/portia-simpson-miller/> (accessed 10 June 2015).

Kamugisha, Aaron. (2007) ‘The Coloniality of Citizenship in the Contemporary Anglophone Caribbean’, Race and Class, 49(2):20-40. doi:10.1177/0306396807082856.

Lawyers’ Christian Fellowship, Jamaica. (n.d.) About LCF Jamaica, <http://www.lawyerschristianfellowshipja.org.jm/about.php> (accessed 10 July 2015).

_______.( n.d.) National Profile, <http://www.lawyerschristianfellowshipja.org.jm/past-activities.php> (accessed 10 July 2015)._______.(n.d.) On the Agenda, <http://www.lawyerschristianfellowshipja.org.jm/agenda.php> (accessed 10 July 2015).Lazarus, Latoya. (2013) ‘The Church and the Law: Examining the Role of Christianity in Shaping Sexual Politics in Jamaica’. PhD Dissertation, York

University, Toronto, On.

Page 143: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

139Sexual Citizenship

_______. (2011) ‘Heteronationalism, Human Rights and the Nation-State: Posi-tioning Sexuality in the Jamaican Constitutional Reform Process’,

Canadian Journal of Latin American and Caribbean Studies, 38(1): 163-166. doi: 10.1080/08263663,2014.883821

Lewis, Anthony R. and Robert Carr. (2009) ‘Gender, Sexuality and Exclusion: Sketching the Outlines of the Jamaican Popular Nationalist Project’, Caribbean Review of Gender Studies, (3):1-22. <http://sta.uwi.edu/crgs/. >

Lister, Ruth. (2003) Citizenship: Feminist Perspectives, 2nd Ed. Washington Square, NY: New York University Press.

Lister, Ruth. (1995) ‘Dilemmas in Engendering Citizenship’, Economy and Society, 24(1):1-40. doi:10.1080/03085149500000001Ramdeen, Leela. (n.d.) International Conference ‘Human Rights, International

Law and the Family. A Report Prepared for The Catholic Commission for Social Justice, Justice Desk, Archbishop’s House, 27 Maraval Road, Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago,

<http://www.rcsocialjusticett.org/downloads/humrightsconf_jamaica.pdf> (accessed August 1, 2015).Richardson, Diane. (2000) ‘Constructing Sexual Citizenship: Theorising Sexual

Rights’, Critical Social Policy, 20(1):105-135. doi:10.1177/026101830002000105.

Richardson, Diane. (1998) ‘Sexuality and Citizenship’, Sociology, 32(1):83-100. doi:10.1177/0038038598032001006.Richardson, Diane and Bryan S. Turner. (2001) ‘Review Article: Sexual, Inti-mate

or Reproductive Citizenship?’ Citizenship Studies, 5(3):329-338. doi:10.1080 /13621020120085289. Robinson, Colin. (2012) Decolonising Sexual Citizenship: Who Will Effect Change in

the South of the Commonwealth, University of London, UK: Commonwealth Advisory, <Bu-reauhttp://www.commonwealthadvisorybureau.org/fileadmin/CPSU/documents/Publications/April_Opinion.pdf.> (accessed August 12, 2012).

Robinson, Tracy. (2009) ‘Authorized Sex: Same-sex Sexuality and Law in the Caribbean’, in C. Barrow, M. de. Bruin, and R. Carr (eds.) Sexuality, Social Exclusion and Human Rights: Vulnerability in the Caribbean Context of HIV, Kingston, Jamaica: Ian Randle Publishers, pp. 3-22.

________. (2004) ‘Gender, Feminism and Constitutional Reform in the Carib-bean’, in B. Bailey, and E. Leo-Rhynie (eds.) Gender in the 21st Century: Caribbean Perspectives, Visions and Possibilities, Kingston: Ian Randle Publishers, pp. 592-625.

Nam, Valerie, Philone Mantock, and Jessica Campbell. (2012) Population and Housing Census 2011 Jamaica. General Report Vol. I. King-ston: Statistical Institute of Jamaica, <http://www.jis.gov.jm/pdf/General%20Report%20C

Page 144: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

140 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

ensus%202011%20Revised%20Copy%20Oct.%2019.pdf> (accessed 11 July 2014).

Nicholson, Helene Coley. (n.d.) ‘President’s New Year Message’, Lawyers’ Christian Fellowship, Jamaica, http://www.lawyerschristianfellowshipja.org.jm/message.php (accessed 10 July 2015).

Sheller, Mimi. (2012) Citizenship from Below: Erotic Agency and Caribbean Freedom. Durham and London: Duke University Press.

Smith, Ashley. (1991) Emerging From Innocence: Religion, Theology and Development. Mandeville, Jamaica: Grace Kennedy Foundation and

Eureka Press.Smith, Faith, ed. (2011) Sex and the Citizen: Interrogating the Caribbean. Rector

and Visitors of the University of Virginia.Soares, Judith. (2001) ‘Eden after Eve: Christian Fundamentalism and Women in Barbados’, in P. Taylor (ed.) Nation Dance: Religion, Identity, and Cul-

tural Difference in the Caribbean, Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press, pp. 104-117.

Thomas, Deborah. (2004) Modern Blackness: Nationalism, Globalisation and the Politics of Culture in Jamaica. Durham and London: Duke University

Press.Weeks, Jeffrey. (1998) ‘The Sexual Citizen’, Theory, Culture and Society, 15(3-

4):35-52. doi: 10.1177/0263276498015003003.Williams, Rhys H. (1999) ‘Visions of the Good Society and the Religious Roots of

American Political Culture’, Sociology of Religion, 60(1): 1-34. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/3711806>van Dijck, J. and T. Poell. (2013) ‘Understanding Social Media Logic’, Media and

Communication, 1(1): 2-14. <http://hdl.handle.net/11245/2.127350>Zoll, Rachel and Steve Peoples. (2015) ‘Religious Liberty is Rallying Cry after Gay

Marriage Ruling’. The Big Story Associated Press, 29 June; ac-cessed at <big-story.ap.org/article/a050a5a384564f858bb7ba8ec2674149/religious-

liberty-rally>

Page 145: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Vol. 40, No. 1, Apr 2015 pp. 141-158

Marginal or Mainstream? What Can Out-of-School Youth in Haiti Teach Us

About Development Policies?

Diane M. HoffmanUniversity of Virginia, United States of America

Abstract

Based on ethnographic work with out-of-school youth in Haiti, this article considers how youth’s perspectives on their lives contain important lessons for thinking about social development. Despite much research that points to ‘at-risk’ children and youth as lacking ambition, Haitian youth maintained high aspirations for belonging to mainstream society. This suggests that while social policy often frames children and youth through a lens of vulnerability and risk, this perspective fails to engage with the local contexts, aspirations, and needs of youth. More research on youths’ ideas about present and future is needed to advance new ideas for thinking about social development.

Key words: youth, Haiti, out-of-school, social policy, aspirations.

Copyright © Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, (Cave Hill), 2015

Page 146: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

142 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Introduction

When I first went to Haiti in 2007, aside from the colleagues I travelled with, it was with a group of community youth activists that I spent most of my time. They called themselves ‘Jeunesse en Action,’ (Youth in Action), and they were all students at a small local college, with majors in business administration or agricultural science. They had voluntarily organised themselves to perform various community services, including AIDS education and activity programs for restavek children (children working as domestic servants).

In retrospect, this group can be seen as example of an extensive form of youth-led grassroots community activism, organised and performed by youth groups in communities large and small across Haiti. In Haiti, organised youth (moun oganise) take on key roles as agents of change as they address social problems, engage in political action, and perform vital civil services (such as security, trash collection), often in the absence of a functioning civil sector.

As Appadurai (2004: 59) observes, it is in a culture that ideas of the future are ‘embedded and nurtured,’ making aspirations eminently socially determined. Yet people’s ideas and aspirations about the future, as key elements of anthropological inquiry into local culture(s), have been curiously disregarded, even when they would appear to matter most – that is, in contexts related to poverty and development. For Appadurai, the poor lack aspirational resources to alter the conditions of their lives, as the ‘capacity to aspire’ is not evenly distributed in society (2004: 68). While Appadurai does not claim that the poor cannot wish, want, plan or aspire, poverty represents a ‘diminishing of the circumstances in which these practices occur,’ and thus a lack of practice in connecting aspirations with real outcomes (ibid, p. 69). However, conceived of as a ‘cultural capacity,’ the capacity to aspire can be nurtured, and it is important to map the variety of aspirations, linkages, goals, and resources that come together in specific communities in particular times and places.

Diminished aspirations among the poor are in fact a truism across the social science literature. Youth who live in poverty or who grow up in what are considered to be extremely difficult circumstances are often considered to suffer especially from poor educational aspirations, a condition seen as a natural consequence of the impacts of low socioeconomic status and social

Page 147: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

143Marginal or Mainstream?

disadvantage (Kao and Tienda, 1998; St Clair and Benjamin, 2011). From a psychological perspective, lowered aspirations reflect lowered self-esteem, lack of feelings of self-efficacy, and become ‘self-fulfilling prophecies’ that contribute the reproduction of poor levels of individual achievement (Bandura, 1977).

Furthermore, the very existence of social inequality itself leads to lowered aspirations, as the social environment shapes people’s ideas about the future. Families and schools educate children to certain class-based social positions, shaping the cultural capital available to youth (Bourdieu, 1979). As a lack of educational and occupational aspirations leads to lack of investment in future opportunities, leading to lower overall achievement, a vicious circle known as the ‘aspiration trap’ emerges (Flechtner, 2015). Other researchers have noted that poverty constrains aspirations because it limits the social reference groups that people use to construct their aspirations (Dalton, Ghosal, Mani, 2011).

Undoubtedly poverty constrains the realisation of certain kinds of aspirations, and would thus seem, quite logically, to result in a limited capacity to aspire, as people would have limited experience with connecting hopes with real outcomes. However, a growing body of research suggests that this view of limited aspirations, especially among youth in poverty, may not be accurate. McLeod’s (1987) study of aspirations among groups of white and black youth in a low-income setting was among the earliest works to question the combined impact of race and poverty on aspirations, and showed that poverty had differential effects, constraining the aspirations of some but not of others, even in the face of limited outcomes.

Contrary to blanket images of despair and lack of ambition, the ethnographic record suggests that among street children especially, the situation is much more complicated, with street youth sometimes displaying as much if not more optimism than youth in more privileged positions (Aptekar, 1991; Panter-Brick, 2001). Anderson and Biseth (2013) for example, show how teens and young adults in an immigrant ghetto in Norway have ideals and aspirations very similar to most other more economically and socially privileged youth. Similarly, de Oliveira, Baizerman, and Pellet (1992) found that street children in Brazil were optimistic about their futures. Recent work on poor children in England shows that most children do not suffer from a ‘poverty of aspiration’ (Kings College, 2013). Using both survey and qualitative

Page 148: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

144 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

data in a study of educational aspirations among poor children in Ethiopia, Tafere (2014) concludes that disadvantaged youth in some communities hold high educational aspirations and that they make strong efforts to achieve them, dispelling the myth of aspiration deficits. A longitudinal multi-country study of youth in the Caribbean also demonstrated clear and marked ambitions among youth of all social classes to ‘become someone,’ even among youth classified as being in the most difficult circumstances (CARICOM Commission on Youth Development, 2010:31). My research suggests a similar finding: marginalised youth in Haiti display strong aspirations for their future–aspirations that are characterised by a powerful theme of wanting to belong, to find a place in mainstream society. This finding can shed new light on the nature of aspiration as a cultural capacity.

Social and Political Context

Any discussion of society and development in Haiti requires taking account of a number of issues that are connected to what some have called ongoing state fragility, a general climate of political and social insecurity, and the vastly important role of non-governmental organisations in shaping the landscape of social policy and development in the country. Haiti is often called, with reason, ‘The Republic of NGOs.’ According to the some estimates, there are anywhere between 3000 and 10000 and charitable, faith-based, and other NGOs working in Haiti, giving the nation the second highest number of NGOs per capita in the world (Kristoff and Panarelli, 2010). To a great extent, if development policies can be said to exist at all, they are largely shaped within a field determined and governed by donors and fragmented local and international interests. All of these organisations vying for resources to finance various development projects in education, health and agriculture, has led to a situation Paul Farmer called ‘a veritable graveyard of development projects,’ (Farmer, 2011: 36) where long term planning and coordination of efforts and policies for social and economic development have faced serious challenges. Despite lip-service to ‘doing development’ according to Haitians, much of what has passed as development has consisted of projects and programs that have fundamentally sidestepped any genuine Haitian involvement, with NGOs becoming substitutes for the Haitian state (Zanotti, 2010). This became painfully clear during the earthquake relief effort and remains so today.

Page 149: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

145Marginal or Mainstream?

This is not to say that there has not been progress on a national level, especially since 2011. A national plan for development was created in 2012 that emphasises needs for social assistance to vulnerable people, development of the education sector, environmental protection, agricultural development, and economic initiatives to make Haiti an emerging economy by 2030. Since 2011, there has been a program for universal free primary schooling [PSUGO], an attempt to confront the vast inequities in quality and access to schooling, in a context where even now about 80% of schools are private. Reform of international adoption laws, and initiatives aimed at stopping child trafficking and other efforts to strengthen child protection and welfare, as well as an increased attention to vocational educational opportunities for youth represent effort toward developing national social policies.

Yet the presence of programs does not equal the development of consistent and long-term visions for social policy. In fact, critics note that policies are still largely determined by lenders and development agents outside Haiti. Further, many programs lack substantive financial backing (the PSUGO schools in particular have suffered in this regard), are limited in their reach, and centralised around the Haitian capital while neglecting more rural areas. Development corridors in the provinces exist, but these are funded and run largely by external donor organisations.

Thus, not only has social policy been held captive to external donors, it reflects a discourse of national development borrowed from elsewhere that is often at odds with the conditions at regional, sub-regional, and local levels, where communal forms of living and community-level forms of social action are central to everyday life. For example, life in rural Haiti is centered on the lakou–clusters of households–that represent a major form of social organisation with deep roots in Haitian culture and tradition. Life in the Haitian countryside is lived in and through the lakou that regulate the daily social and economic lives of millions of citizens. Yet in discussions related to development, the lakou is notably absent. It simply does not figure in the discourses dominant in current national and international circles (Merilus, 2015). Social policy developed in the absence of a genuine connection to and knowledge of the people and communities that such policy is supposed to benefit is a troubling theme in Haiti. It is one that is mirrored in the ways in which the politics of inclusion and exclusion have worked with regard to youth in Haiti as well.

Page 150: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

146 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Background: Methodological and Theoretical Lenses

In 2007 I began inquiries into the particular situation of children and youth in Haiti, especially those deemed most marginal within a society marked by historically powerful social class inequalities and divisions. As an anthropologist, my interests in children and youth in Haiti have been shaped by the theoretical currents within the anthropology of childhood, where themes of child agency and the culturally and socially contextualised nature of childhood have been of great importance. In particular there is a growing anthropological literature on aid and humanitarian work that has focused on deconstructing notions of childhood vulnerability. Much recent ethnographic research on children in situations of extreme marginalisation suggests that the idea of child vulnerability has its roots in international discourses of children’s rights that reflect an idealised, universalised child, characterised by dependence and innocence, and whose proper maturation demands adult protection and intervention (Cheney, 2010; Valentin and Meinert, 2009). However, this idea of vulnerability often conflicts with community understandings of appropriate childhoods in many parts of the world; when imported through the discourses and practices of development and humanitarian aid, it tends to undermine local practices of child care and upbringing and create new social tensions and conflicts over resources (Bornstein, 2003; Dahl, 2009). In the case of Haiti, constructs of vulnerable children and youth are particularly problematic as they contribute to and draw from a larger political discourse of failed statehood and culture, with Haitian education and family life especially portrayed as damaging to children’s well-being. Vulnerable children and youth as a construct also fails to capture the local cultural meanings and practices surrounding childhood, simply subsuming these within paradigms of risk and vulnerability. In the case of Haiti, it leads to rampant miscategorisation of children, and inaccurate understandings of family and household social dynamics. How does one understand an ‘orphan’ with parents, for example, which is a rather common phenomenon in Haiti? Or the complexity of the status of the child domestic servant (restavek) who may be treated better than a biological child (despite all the emphasis on maltreatment and abuse of restaveks that one finds in international

Page 151: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

147Marginal or Mainstream?

advocacy discourse on this phenomenon)? Or the trajectories of children who occupy many different categories or statuses at different times and often simultaneously: a child for example who may start out as a restavek, who then becomes a street child, who may then move into and out of an orphanage, and then perhaps return to a family living situation. Such children defy categorisation common in development and humanitarian literature; they are eminently mobile figures who disrupt the common stereotype of the passive victim stuck in a situation without hope, simply waiting for rescue.

Over time the slipperiness of these categories has led me to think about children and youth more broadly in Haiti, rather than trying to locate them in specific categories as types of vulnerable people. The one commonality among street children, orphans, restavek, and other circulating children who move among a variety of households is that they tend to be out of school during some part of their lives. It is important to observe that ‘out of school’ is not a fixed category either, for youth ‘out of school’ may actually be in school for periods of time, and those who may define themselves as being ‘in school’ may stop out if there is a family or financial crisis, or they may be repeaters – a common situation in Haiti, where overage students are seen as an educational problem. Nevertheless, being out of school at some point in their lives is a condition that faces many thousands of youth in Haiti, and it is particularly characteristic of those youth who circulate among households or who move into and off the street.

Youth out of School: Street Kids Though research on youth and children in Haiti is scant, existing studies tend to emphasise their mobility. According to one study, 32% of the children surveyed were not living in a household headed by a biological parent (Pierre, Smucker, and Tardieu, 2009:17). A second survey of youth conditions in Haiti shows that in a sample of randomly selected youth ages 10 to 24, 64% reported having moved away from their birth household, into other households, other forms of care centers, or into the street, with more than half having moved before age ten. Among those who moved, 56% had moved two or more times, with as many as seven moves recorded (Lunde, 2008: 116-117).

In this article I focus on preliminary interviews conducted with street youth in a small town in Southern Haiti in 2014-2015. This work is part of a larger

Page 152: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

148 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

study on childhood, education, and identity in Haiti that has been ongoing since 2008 (but that has suffered multiple interruptions due to numerous factors).i Working with a group of six local Haitian university students, I conducted short interviews (about 15 to 20 minutes each) in Kreyòl with 18 street youth (15 males, three females, ages 7 to 20) and a 40 minute focus group interview with five additional youth (2 males, three females). We worked with a set of six simple questions addressing family background, experiences in the street, needs, aspirations for the future, and views of Haitian society. Interviews were conducted in the streets, in the normal places where youth tended to hang out.

Following are some vignettes taken from interviews:

Louis is 12 and he is needy; he says he doesn’t feel good in the streets and sometimes he sells merchandise on buses. But he doesn’t have clothes or sandals so he can’t go to school. He would like to go to school in order to have a better life. In fact he did go to school before; he completed the second year (of primary school). He says other people beat street youth without reason. He says he doesn’t want to stay as a domestic worker [restavek] because he doesn’t like the humiliation. His grandmother sent someone to find him and send him to someone’s home to live but he refused to go because he saw that the situation in the proposed family wasn’t adequate.

Sonel is 16, he doesn’t have any parents, but his father is still in the streets. He hasn’t had a chance to go to school; he’s always with seven others in the same situation–they sleep together. He gets up in the morning around 5 AM and he helps to unload merchandise trucks in the market; he uses what he earns to take care of his father. He feels bad because of the way other people look at him. He would like to learn something in order to become someone in life. He’d also like to find a place to stay like a center for street kids so that he could live a better life. Alberto is 16, he lives in the streets. His father is blind and his mother is sick in the hospital. Sometimes Alberto spends time as a domestic [restavek], so that he can survive, and he unloads trucks too, and delivers water for his patron. That’s how he earns money. He says he wants the President of Haiti to do something for him because he

Page 153: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

149Marginal or Mainstream?

wants to get out of this situation, and go live someplace where he could learn a trade. He doesn’t feel good when he sees other youth going to school. He did go to school himself for a bit but he couldn’t continue because his parents got sick. When he has money from his work he sends some to his parents. He has three brothers and sometimes he goes to sleep with them in his parent’s place. But he wants some help to get out of this situation.

Ivner is 10 and he lives in the streets. He has only his father; his mother died. He was at school but he couldn’t continue because of lack of money. He begs from people. He would like to change his situation and go back to school so that he could have a new life. He wants the government to do something for him and for other street kids in the same situation.

Pierre is 15, he lives in the street because his family situation is really difficult. He thought that going into the street would be a better life than staying with his family, because at least in the street he can sometimes find food. He feels upset when he sees other kids going to school; not one person in his family can help meet his needs. He would really like to learn a trade. His dream is to become an agronomist and he really wants to realise this dream. He works unloading trucks and can earn a bit of money that way. But sometimes they don’t pay him but that doesn’t stop him from working.

He thinks that the Haitian government (‘state’) can change his life. His family, his brothers and sister don’t do anything for him and that’s why he thinks the Haitian state could bring changes so that his life and the lives of others like him could change.

A few themes emerge from these short descriptions that appear with great commonality across all the interviews/cases explored so far.

Theme 1. Movement of youth among different roles and statuses.

Youth out of school are not in a ‘fixed’ position or status–they move between family settings, other forms of residential care (such as orphanages), domestic

Page 154: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

150 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

work/living with others, and living in the streets. Many of them have been restavek in the past (difficult to determine numbers with precision), and in my sample about 60% have had some schooling (usually discontinued due to lack of money). There are also those who were in orphanages or other centers but who left because of maltreatment. They see the street as a lesser evil than staying in a miserable family situation with parents or caretakers who cannot or who will not provide for them. In this sense, the street represents an opportunity of sorts, where it’s possible to earn some money to survive, even enough to give a portion of their earnings to family members.

Ironically, the street, while violent, is also a refuge against violence within the family or in other places such as orphanages.

Theme 2. While experiencing severe and systemic social exclusion, including violence, out-of-school youth themselves identify strongly with ‘mainstream’ society and aspire to belong to society, to go to school, to learn a trade, to ‘become someone’ in their terms.

Social exclusion is a dominant theme in youth’s narratives and in the observations offered by Haitian research assistants. They noted the extent to which passersby were hostile toward street youth; observing that even churches that should normally help them exclude them from care for fear that they are ‘topiye’ [destructive persons] who would bring misfortune on others.

However, while excluded, they strongly aspire to inclusion. All of the youth interviewed expressed strong desires to go to school to ‘become someone in life’ and/or to learn a trade, so that they could become a useful participant in mainstream society. The extent of their personal ambitions is quite extraordinary, given their socially marginalised status. Much of the literature points to conditions of extreme poverty–those faced by many of these youth–as leading to a lack of hope, lack of aspiration. But nearly all the out-of-school youth express clear ambitions for personal futures; the wanted to be doctors, mechanics, agronomists, ‘great persons’ who give back to their families and society.

Page 155: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

151Marginal or Mainstream?

Theme 3. Youth are critical of a government that does nothing to help them, yet they do not give up hope in the state.

They see that it is the responsibility of the state to address their situation and to develop ways to address their needs. When asked what they wanted for the future, they spoke of dreams for future national development, that Haiti would become a country like other countries. (‘Haiti is changing, Haiti must change. Haiti must become a country like other countries, like the U.S.’)

But while youth talk about the state’s responsibility for addressing their needs, they also critique its failure to do so. They perceive a society where interests are fragmented and organisations fail to work together. For example, in the words of one boy, ‘NGOs don’t help us. They don’t work together to address the situation [“yo pa mete tet ansamn”].’ The only good that NGOs did, according to another, was that if asked, the NGO people would usually give them 5 or 10 gourdes.

Youth were critical of local problems, noting trash in the streets, poor conditions of roads, lack of education. One said, ‘They don’t do education well. They don’t put their heads together to change education.’ Three of our interviewees specifically stated that Haiti as a nation would never advance out of poverty or that it would collapse as a nation unless it began to address the situation of street youth.

In fact, when I told them about a program I was thinking of starting that would help to increase competencies in reading and writing, their question was immediate and pointed: ‘How will this program address the needs of kids still in the streets? What will it do for them?’ They also spoke about the so-called ‘free schools’ [PSUGO], where even though they are free, ‘...kids don’t go, because it’s not just about the school fee. You need to have parents who are willing to let you go and who will still pay for clothes and food for you.’ Youth specifically asked for more residential centers that would also offer education in trades. Youth observed that there are fundamental interlinked issues regarding family economic stress, street life, and formal education–all of which in turn need to be seen through a larger lens of national development strategy. The most critical lack in the latter was failure to ‘put heads together’ to work towards viable solutions.

Page 156: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

152 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Theme 4. The importance of personal agency in the face of difficult life circumstances.

Part of youth’s resilience – if such a term can be used–is the sense of personal agency that they bring to their life narratives. Sonel, for example, didn’t like the situation his grandmother had tried to arrange for him [a restavek placement]. He saw that it was not to his liking so he refused to go. They decide on their own to enter the street and, when it suits them, to leave. They find work for themselves and establish their own networks of friends and benefactors (see also Kovats-Bernat, 2006). Children and youth agency in and against the restavek system has been an important finding across much of the research literature on the subject (Smucker and Murray, 2004).

Against the widespread representations of them as passive victims of adult mistreatment, as having ‘lost hope,’ youth instead speak of decisions to move in an active voice. Interviews with restavek youth (conducted in 2011 and 2012) emphasised their own personal desire or choice to move:

Jacqueline, 14. I left my mother’s house when I was 12. I wanted to go because I felt my aunt could help me.

Onese, 14. I left my family at the age of 10. I’ve been living with my aunt. I want to be a nurse.

Bergel, 11. My mother died and I went to live with my aunt. I want to be a construction boss.

Dorival, 18. When I was 15 I left my mother because she wouldn’t help me. I went to go to live with my father and grandmother. I’ve had three years of school, and I want to be a doctor.

Wendy, 14. I left my mother in Port-au-Prince when I was 11. I’ve been living with other families for three years. I have not been mistreated. I changed families by myself because the first family I stayed with didn’t send me to school, so I went to another house. I want to be an agronomist. Kendet, 15. I left my family when I was 6, and I’ve been living with distant relatives. I wanted to leave home; I was trying to find some help. I’m treated well and have been to school for 7 years. I’d like to be an agronomist.

Page 157: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

153Marginal or Mainstream?

What is striking across these narratives is the use of the first person: ‘I left,’ not ‘I was sent.’ In fact 80% of interviewees who were in restavek situations expressed that they wanted to move to the new family and saw it as an opportunity to realise a better future.

It is possible that youth overstated their own agency (perhaps because of a desire to appear competent in front of an outsider); however, this finding is also reported in other research on restavek, suggesting that portraits of restavek youth as passive victims of adult action–the dominant image in advocacy, media, and charity reports–fail to capture the nature of youth’s experiences in this system ( Smucker and Murray, 2004; Pierre, Smucker and Tardieu, 2009; Sommerfelt, 2002). Implications: Development, Youth, and Social Policy in Haiti and Beyond

While this research is far from complete, this preliminary work suggests that the persistence of youth aspirations for social belonging in the face of clear social exclusion should inspire a deeper look at how youth aspiration itself is constructed and how it fits within larger paradigms of social action and social change.

Of first importance is the need to reflect on how the language of development policy needs to change to reflect more closely the categories of experience and identity that youth themselves use to describe their lives. While risk is undoubtedly present in the lives of these youth, they do not seem to apply the lens of risk to their own identities; that is, they do not describe themselves as ‘being at risk,’ though they recognise the difficult circumstances in which they live. Their life narratives appear to suggest a high degree of contingency; unfortunate events happen, and lead to necessary actions or choices that may or may not lead to hoped for outcomes.

In this sense, risk might be better used to describe contexts and environments rather than serving as descriptors for categories of youth themselves, as youth inevitably respond to events and situations by taking actions in efforts to maximise life chances. At the very least, it is important for social research on youth to challenge existing labels and categories, and the pervasive portraits of youth out of school as youth without hope. On the contrary, youth have intense hopes – both for their individual futures and for the future of the

Page 158: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

154 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

nation. These hopes need to be heard in social policy circles and recognised as a source of positive energy for change.

Second, development policies need to become more inclusive of youth voices and more focused on the needs of youth. Lack of attention to youth perspectives is reflected in the theme of ‘invisibility.’ Youth often said they felt invisible. This was puzzling to me – because as an outsider to Haiti, street youth were from my perspective always visible, in fact, hard to ignore because of their constant requests for money or other goods. Yet from a Haitian point of view, being out of school, and being in the street – is indeed to be invisible in Haitian society, to be accorded no attention. For change to happen, such youth need to become ‘visible’ in Haitian society, as persons who are capable of belonging and achieving socially acceptable personhood and identity.

Furthermore, street youth connected their invisibility with failure of the state to address their needs. National level efforts to shape development are bound to fail unless – as the youth themselves said – their own needs are truly at the center of change efforts. For youth themselves to claim that Haiti will never change and become a developed country unless it recognises and makes real efforts to address the needs of youth, reflects a central truth about their marginalisation/exclusion from the mainstream of development social policy.

Third, development policies should be shaped in ways that permit them to build on indigenous forms of social action and organisation. As noted earlier, there is a long tradition of youth activism in Haiti; in every town and community across the country one finds groups of youth who come together voluntarily to address community needs. The idea of ‘Mete tet ansamn’ (‘putting [our] heads together’) is reflected in these traditional forms of community social organisation. While community based organizations (CBOs) are often recognised as having made important contributions to development work in Haiti (such as Partners in Health and Fonkoze), they are not identical to the more informal affiliative groups that youth engage with on a voluntary basis. In effect, when youth talk about ‘moun oganise’ (‘organised people’) they mean much more than official community based organisations, but informal associations that permit them to act together to solve and address locally defined problems. A more complete understanding

Page 159: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

155Marginal or Mainstream?

of the dynamics of such informal organisations is needed so as to better align social policy action with already existing forms of social organisation among youth. Fourth, although ‘youth at risk’ is useful as an epidemiological construct for describing broad trends in social life, it is problematic when it becomes a lens through which to shape social change. It is especially dangerous to use in the context of a postcolonial society marked by enduring and powerful social class distinctions, for in such cases it can function as another (hidden) mechanism of exclusion. In such contexts, being ‘at risk’ and being ‘the risk’ can merge. In towns where I’ve worked, local jails are full of street youth, who are deemed a menace to society. While risk can draw attention to youth’s situation and make them more visible, when social structures are already biased in negative ways, these benefits can be cancelled out, and ‘risk’ becomes yet another way to exclude youth from real visibility and presence in social policy and social action. Finally, we need to make the mapping of youth aspirations more central to social development policy. Even when the capacity to aspire may be constrained by poverty, as Appadurai (2004) argues, does that mean that it diminishes, or rather that we need to look at how aspiration itself can be understood as a form of social action, through which individuals actively construct the future. The classic view is that aspirations and hopes wither in the face of real-life inability to achieve them. However, taking action, that is, moving from a restavek situation to the street, for example, may be less about diminished aspiration and more about making the future possible, a kind of ‘aspiration in action,’ in which the ontological divide between ‘hoped for’ and ‘realised’ is reduced, if not erased. Individuals in this sense may construct aspirations through cultural action, a myriad of navigations, everyday constraints, creative reconstructions of materials, and through human relationships. Youth act on channels that are available to them in the absence of resources such as wealth and school.

Understanding the way youth do actively navigate possible paths, brings into sharper focus a different way to think about aspirations, one that highlights their embeddedness in action. Youth enact their futures through practice, making their ‘figured worlds’ as they go along (Holland, Lachicotte, and Skinner, 2001). My work suggests that these are powerful sources of hope

Page 160: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

156 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

and action for youth in difficult circumstances. These forms of social action need to be recognised and placed at the center of development policies.

But to do so will require that those who construct social policy in Haiti (and elsewhere) consider ethnographic work and other forms of humanistic inquiry as valid sources of knowledge. As many authors have shown colonial legacies are at their most powerful in the ways they shape consciousness and in the ways they condition what is regarded as useful knowledge. In Haiti, longstanding social class inequalities and international political agendas have converged in a form of neocolonialism that powerfully shapes what gets accepted as knowledge and learning, and thus what takes place in the name of development and humanitarian intervention.ii Forms of knowledge and learning that can challenge dominant epistemologies are thus valuable weapons in ongoing resistance against neocolonialist agendas as these infuse development policy.

It is certainly true that life in Haiti is difficult; it is not my intention to erase or to rationalise the social suffering and systemic structural inequalities that continue to shape youths’ experiences. Economic insecurity, lack of access to schooling, social marginalisation, and difficult family lives have genuine impacts on youth and children that cannot be ignored. However, listening to youth and building social policy on forms of collective living and action that already exist, hold keys for better and more attainable social transformations in many settings that would ordinarily conspire against realisation of goals for human well-being.

Page 161: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

157Marginal or Mainstream?

iiReferences

Anderson, B. and Biseth, H. (2013) ‘The Myth of Failed Integration: The Case of Eastern Oslo’, City and Society (25)1: 5-24.

Appadurai, A. (2004) ‘The Capacity to Aspire: Culture and the Terms of Recognition’. In Rao, V. and Walton, M. (eds.), Culture and Public Action, Stanford, Stanford University Press, pp. 59-84.

Aptekar, L. (1991) ‘Are Columbian Street Children Neglected? The Contributions of Ethnographic and Ethnohistorical Approaches to the Study of Children’, Anthropology and Education Quarterly 22(4): 326-349.

Bandura, A. (1977) ‘Self-Efficacy: Toward a Unifying Theory of Behavioral Change’. Psychological Review 84(2): 191-215.

Bornstein E (2003) The Spirit of Development: Protestant NGOs, Morality, and Economics in Zimbabwe, New York: Routledge.

Bourdieu, P. (1979) ‘La Distinction: Critique Sociale du Jugement’. Paris: Editions de Minuit.

CARICOM (Caribbean Commission on Youth Development) (2010) ‘Eye On the Future: Report of the Caribbean Commission on Youth Development’. Jan. 2015. www.caricom.org/.../eye_on_the_future_ccyd_re

Cheney, K. (2010) ‘Deconstructing Childhood Vulnerability: An Introduction’, Childhood in Africa: An Interdisciplinary Journal 1(2): 4–7.

Dahl, B. (2009) ‘The “Failures of Culture”: Christianity, Kinship and Moral Discourses about Orphans during Botswana’s AIDS Crisis’, Africa Today 56(1): 23–43.

Dalton, P. S., Ghosal, S. and Mani, A. (2011) ‘Poverty and Aspirations Failure’, Netspar Discussion Paper No. 09/2011-098. Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1975339 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1975339 .

De Oliveira, W., Baizerman, M. and Pellet, L. (1992) ‘Street Children in Brazil and their Helpers: Comparative Views on Aspirations and the Future’, International Social Work 35: 163-176.

Farmer, P. (2011) ‘Haiti after the Earthquake’, New York: Public Affairs.Flechtner, S. (2015) ‘Aspiration Traps: When Poverty Stifles Hope’, Jan. 2015.

www.worldbank.org/inequalityinfocusHolland, D., Lachicotte, W. and Skinner. D. (2001) Identity and Agency in Cultural

Worlds, Cambridge: Harvard University.Kings College. (2013) ‘Poverty of Aspiration’ Largely a Myth. Jan. 2015. http://

www.kcl.ac.uk/newsevents/news/newsrecords/2013/09-September/Poverty-of-aspiration-largely-a-myth.aspx

iIncluding time constraints on fieldwork, changing local conditions [including instability of the local population], lack of funding, and illnesses contracted during field visits.

Page 162: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

158 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Kao, G. and Tienda, M. (1998) ‘Educational Aspirations of Minority Youth’. American Journal of Education, 106 (3): 349-384.

Kovats-Bernat, J. C. (2006) Sleeping Rough in Port-au-Prince: An Ethnography of Street Children and Violence in Haiti, Gainesville, FL: University Press of Florida.

Kristoff, M. and Panarelli, L. (2010) ‘Haiti: A Repulic of NGOs?’, United States Institute of Peace. Peacebrief No. 23. http://www.usip.org/sites/default/files/PB%2023%20Haiti%20a%20Republic%20of%20NGOs.pdf

Lunde, H. (2008) ‘Youth and Education in Haiti: Disincentives, Vulnerabilities, and Constraints’. FAFO Institute of Applied International Studies, Oslo.

MacLeod, J. (1987) Ain’t no Makin’ It: Leveled Aspirations in a Low-income Neighborhood, Westview Press.

Merilus, J. Y. (2015) ‘Rural development: The Economic Potentials of Haiti’s “Lakou” System’. Focus on Geography 58(1): 36-45.

Pierre, Y. F., Smucker, G. R., and Tardieu, J. F. (2009) ‘Lost Childhoods in Haiti: Quantifying Child Trafficking, Restaveks, and Victims of Violence’. Pan American Development Foundation/USAID. Port-au-Prince, Haiti.

Panter-Brick, C. ( 2001) ‘Street Children and Their Peers: Perspectives on Homelessness, Poverty, and Health’. In H. B. Schwartzman,( ed.), Children and Anthropology: Perspectives for the 21st century. Westport, CT: Bergin and Garvey. pp.83-97.

Sommerfelt, T. (2002) ‘Child Domestic Labor in Haiti: Characteristics, Contexts, and Organisation of Children’s Residence, Relocation and Work’. Oslo, Norway: FAFO Institute for Applied Social Science.

Smucker, G. R. and. Murray, G. F. (2004) ‘The Uses of Children: A Study of Trafficking in Haitian Children’, USAID/Haiti Mission.

St. Clair, R. and Benjamin, A. (2011) ‘Performing Desires: The Dilemma of Aspirations and Educational Attainment’, British Educational Research Journal 37(3): 501–517.

Tafere, Y. (2014) ‘Education Aspirations and Barriers to Achievement for Young People in Ethiopia’, Young Lives Working Paper 120. University of Oxford Department of International Development.

Valentin, K. and Meinert, L. (2009) ‘The Adult North and the Young South’, Anthropology Today 25(3): 23–28.

Zanotti, L. (2010) ‘Cacophonies of Aid, Failed State Building and NGOs in Haiti: Setting the Stage for Disaster, Envisioning the Future’, Third World Quarterly, 31(5): 755-771.

Page 163: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Vol. 40, No. 1, Apr 2015 pp. 159-164

BOOK REVIEW

The Gairy Movement: A History of Grenada, 1947–1997 by George Griffith, (Washington, DC: American Legacy Books, 2015) 390 pages. ISBN: 978-1-886766-50-1.

The Gairy Movement: A History of Grenada, 1947–1997 is a timely contribution to the annals of Grenadian and Caribbean political history. George Griffith, a former public servant and diplomat, who served the Government of Grenada during Eric Gairy’s administration, takes the reader through the highs and lows of the Gairy Movement from 1947– 97. Griffith uses sixteen chapters to delve into a large slice of Grenada’s historical journey from colonial rule through to 1974 independence, to the revolutionary period (1979–83) until Gairy’s death in 1997. Methodologically the author uses declassified archival material and personal knowledge to engage in a form of storytelling. Griffith admits, however, that ‘this is not a complete biography of Gairy [since it] does not deal with many issues that he faced’ (p. 9). Singham (1968) provided a seminal work on Eric Gairy, which portrayed the complex relationship between the charismatic ‘hero and the crowd’. However, given the political excesses and controversies that coloured Gairy’s political life, there is insufficient balanced critique of his overall contribution to Grenadian and indeed Caribbean politics. The Gairy Movement: A History of Grenada, 1947–1997 seeks to address this dearth in the literature.

The book tells the story of Gairy’s life. It provides a historical account of his humble upbringing in Paradise, St. Andrew, Grenada; his migration to

Copyright © Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, (Cave Hill), 2015

Page 164: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

160 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Trinidad and Tobago and later Aruba, where he became involved in trade union activities among oil field workers and where he married Cynthia Clyne. Griffith further chronicles Gairy’s return to Grenada in 1949 and his formation of the Grenada Manual and Mental Workers’ Union (GMMWU) and the Grenada United Labour Party (GULP), which became ‘vehicles for his rise into national prominence’ during the period of colonial rule in Grenada. Griffith discusses in much detail the period of colonial rule, the rise of the Gairy Movement and the GULP (chapter 4) and the first universal adult suffrage elections (chapter 5). He draws on Singham (1968) to discuss Gairy’s struggle against the plantocracy as he agitated on behalf of the working class. In presenting Gairy’s story, the author is at the same time exposing the injustices of a colonial system characterised by authoritarian rule, deep class cleavages and exploitation of the poor and powerless.

It is settled historically that Eric Gairy was a controversial figure; perhaps as loved as he was hated. While Griffith focuses on the ‘hero and the crowd’ in chapters four and five, chapters six through eight throw light on Gairy’s political challenges, his need to rebuild the GULP’s political base and the negative political developments from 1961– 62. Griffith points to the tension Gairy faced between his role as a trade union leader and an elected politician. The author discusses intra-party conflict within the GULP, the impact of new trade unions, new political parties (such as the Grenada National Party (GNP)) and mounting opposition against Gairy. Most damaging was the 1962 Commission’s Report which ‘listed evidence of government expenditure that was not in accordance with correct procedures’ (p. 142). Consequently Grenada’s constitution was suspended in June 1962.

While the book focuses primarily on the Gairy Movement in Grenada, a careful read reveals that Grenada’s political development is intricately linked to a larger Caribbean journey. In essence, the collapse of the West Indies Federation (WIF) (1958 – 62) had implications for party politics in Grenada. The GNP supported the call for unitary statehood with Trinidad and Tobago while Gairy supported a Federal arrangement with the ‘Little Eight’. The electoral outcome favoured the GNP.

In chapter nine, Griffith explores the twists and turns of regionalism in the Caribbean in the late 1960s. He points to contentious issues such as: taxation and representation; WIF and nationhood; the dichotomy between the More Developed and Least Developed countries; and financing integration and

Page 165: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

161The Gairy Movement

underlying issues of interests and power. Those are some of the challenges that have undermined the process of Caribbean integration from inception until the current moment.

Griffith also explores Grenada’s role in fuelling the ‘ideological pluralism’ in CARICOM in the 1970s-80s and the division among regional leaders in response to the 1983 crisis in Grenada. In a general sense, this book can offer historical insights that may prove useful for policy makers and students of regionalism.

The book also explores party politics and governance in Grenada. Griffith uses chapters ten through twelve to describe Gairy’s attempts to reinvigorate the GULP after the 1962 electoral defeat. Electoral victories in 1967 and 1972 emboldened Gairy. Griffith explores the rise of the New Jewel Movement (NJM) and the significance of the youth in the political process. He argues that ‘seeds were being sown for unrest and spirited opposition activities directed at the Gairy regime’ (p. 204).

Chapter eleven is perhaps one of the highpoints of the book. Here, the author addresses local and independence issues in 1972-1974. He argues that Grenada’s independence from Britain was ‘a rocky one.’ Griffith makes global connections to decolonialisation processes in Africa and the role of the Pan African Movement and individual nationalist leaders. He takes the reader back to the Caribbean in the aftermath of the collapse of the WIF and the granting of independence to other Caribbean territories (Jamaica and Trinidad and Tobago 1962; Guyana and Barbados, 1966). Griffith also zeroes in on local unrests in Grenada and the tensions between the NJM and the Gairy regime in the mid 1970s. The author explains the political atmosphere leading up to Grenada’s independence on February 7, 1974. He outlines in detail the ‘People’s Indictment’ and Resolution against Gairy of November 18, 1973 (pp. 210-212). This was a pivotal moment in Grenada’s political landscape. Griffith reports that following an incident in which NJM members were beaten, a Duffus Commission was set up. He outlines excerpts of the report that detailed the excesses of the Grenada police (pp. 218-19). The author further discusses the significance of the death of Rupert Bishop (Maurice Bishop’s father) and the heightened tensions leading up to Grenada’s independence. He maintains, however, that Rupert Bishop was Gairy’s friend (dating back to their days together in Aruba).

Page 166: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

162 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

One of the strengths of the book is its historiography. Griffith reminds readers about the significance of 1979 as the year when several ‘noteworthy and revolutionary activities’ occurred in various parts of the world. He points to the fall of Cambodia to the Vietnamese; the exile of the Sha of Iran; the invasion of North Vietnam by China; Idi Amin’s ‘forced flee’ from Uganda; Jerry Rawlings’ and Daniel Ortega’s successful coup d’etats in Ghana and Nicaragua respectively, and the Soviet Union’s invasion of Afghanistan. The author also discusses the Black Power movement, the events in Trinidad and Tobago in February 1970 and Gairy’s response to Black Power. Importantly, Griffith points to the ‘Rat Island Black Power Conference’, which was a significant development for the Caribbean Left. Beyond revolutionary upsurges, Griffith discusses electoral changes in Nigeria and Canada and the significance of the granting of independence to St. Lucia and St. Vincent and the Grenadines that same year. By setting this broad context, the author locates the 1979 Grenada Revolution within a larger maze of Cold War machinations and global and regional politics. This adds validity to the book.

Another strength of the book is its authenticity. Writing as an insider, Griffith reveals details about Gairy’s official visit to New York on March 12, 1979 and his reaction to the coup d’état. The reader is taken back to the moment when Gairy ‘seemingly came to terms with his own vulnerability and the reality that he had been let down by people on whom he had depended’ (p. 19). Griffith produces a letter Gairy wrote to the United Nations Commission for Human Rights stating his predicament; a letter to which he received ‘no encouraging response.’ The author also notes that ‘[w]hen it was evident that no significant political leader or official of a first-world country – or any other country – had shown any serious interest in his welfare as the legitimate Prime Minister of Grenada, he decided to take steps to seek temporary political asylum in the United States’ (p. 19). Why was this so? In addition to Gairy’s domestic challenges, in chapter thirteen Griffith discusses ‘UFOs and the International Agenda, 1977–1979’. In my view, his insistence in international fora on the existence of UFOs was one of Gairy’s most self-destructive tendencies. This may have contributed to his loss of respectability in the international community.

Gairy’s life was a colourful one. The book portrays a rich array of photos depicting Gairy’s interactions with regional and international dignitaries as well as moments with his wife Cynthia and his daughters, Marcelle and

Page 167: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

163The Gairy Movement

Jennifer. Etched in the middle of the book, those photographs tell a vivid story of Gairy’s flamboyant life. Another significant aspect of the book is a detailed Appendix listing Voting Statistics in Grenada for the years 1951 through to 1995. Selected bibliography, detailed end notes and index also add credibility to the book.

A weakness of the book is that it is, for the most part, descriptive and a major weakness is the author’s obvious bias toward Gairy although maintaining some measure of balance. Griffith argues correctly that ‘Gairy had charisma and a deep understanding of the issues of the working class’ (p. 36). However, while other scholars referred to Gairy’s authoritarian style (Brizan 1998; Jacobs 2015), Griffith claimed that Gairy’s ‘self-assuredness and unabashed decision-making as a leader attracted defiance by some sectors of the population’ (p. 36). In fact, Griffith was bold in his analysis of Gairy’s legacy. He portrays Gairy as someone who brought a special awareness about politics to the citizens of Grenada. For Griffith, Gairy was a nationalist who engaged in personal risk-taking as a devoted advocate of working class people. He outlines Gairy’s legacy as, inter alia, being at the forefront of the working class struggle in the 1950s; the successful staging of CARIFTA Expo 1969; the push for independence; the Land for the Landless programme; the establishment of the St. George’s Medical School and the hosting of the 7th Regular Session of the General Assembly of the Organisation of American States (OAS) in 1977. In my view, while it is important to chronicle the positive dimensions of Gairy’s legacy, it is equally important to not seek to erase from history Gairy’s negative role as an authoritarian leader. History is what it is, in its totality.

Finally, some may argue that this book is a form of revisionism and an attempt to sanitise the dictatorship of Eric Gairy. I do not hold that view. The author utilises an insider’s perspective to chronicle a useful slice of Grenada and the Caribbean’s political history. The book provides lessons in: anti-colonial and anti-authoritarian struggles; the dynamics of race and class in Caribbean societies; resistance politics; the art of trade unionism and electoral politics; political leadership and succession planning within political parties; and the challenges of regionalism for small developing countries. A major lesson is that authoritarianism from the left or right engenders resistance that in turn fuels a vicious cycle of repression, reaction and conflict.

Page 168: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

164 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

I strongly recommend The Gairy Movement: A History of Grenada, 1947–1997 for Caribbean scholars, practitioners, Grenadians and Caribbean citizens who are concerned about using the lessons from the past to advocate for genuine democracy and transformational governance in the Caribbean.

References

Brizan, G. I. (1998) Grenada Island of Conflict (London: Macmillan Education).Griffith, G. (2015) The Gairy Movement A History of Grenada, 1947-1997 (Washington, DC: American Legacy Books)Jacobs, C. (2015) Grenada, 1949-1979: Precursor to Revolution. In Grenada Revolution: Reflections and Lessons edited by Wendy C. Grenade (Mississippi: University Press of Mississippi) pp 13-36.Singham, A. W. (1966) The Hero and the Crowd in a Colonial Polity. (New Haven: Yale University Press.

(Keywords: Eric Gairy, GULP, Grenada Politics)

Wendy Grenade

Page 169: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 pp. 165-178

Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline

William W. LawrenceMona School of Business and ManagementThe University of the West Indies, JAMAICA

Abstract

Business turnaround remains a neglected topic in higher education at a time when Caribbean commercial enterprise faces global pressures that diminish competitiveness. This article reviews the turnaround strategies of firms listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange. The main observation is that international prescriptions are also relevant for Caribbean firms and provide the foundation for a practical agenda for higher business education on how to recover from organisational decline. A table of specifications for a one-semester course on managing business turnaround is proposed.

Key words: business, turnaround, business strategy, restructuring, Caribbean higher education

Copyright © Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, (Cave Hill), 2015

Page 170: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

166 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Introduction

There is an urgent need for more information to guide managerial decision-making on how to breathe fresh life into a commercial entity for recovery from organisational decline. Surprisingly, however, this topic remains neglected in higher business education.

The recent global financial crisis, regarded by some economists as the worst since the Great Depression of the 1930s, created liquidity shortfalls in banking systems around the world triggering substantial contractions in credit and international trade. A changed environment, called ‘the new normal,’ has emerged with features such as more volatile consumer demand, heightened competition and greater propensity for business failure (Butler, Atkins and Ivester, 2010). Yet, simple linear regression of the annual real growth of Jamaica Gross Domestic Product on the number of listed firms on the Jamaica Stock Exchange reporting losses each year shows a significant coefficient of determination of just 18% for the period 1974 to 2010. This suggests that economic recession is not the only determinant of company losses. Indeed, business turnaround can occur even during a period economic downturn recession and it may be argued that economic recession can make a bad situation worse but is not always the root cause of the problem (Figure 1).

Page 171: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

167Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline

Figure 1. Decline and Recovery during Economic Recession 2007 – 2009

More than half of all firms listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange, since its inception in 1969, incurred losses and most failed to recover (Lawrence, 2011). All major areas of commerce were affected. In the small business sector, the rate of failure rivals the pace at which new ventures are created (Lawrence 2012). Failed attempts at turnaround have destroyed countless jobs and depleted organisational resources causing stress, paralysis and demise in some instances.

The literature on business turnaround spans four decades with important contributions from Dan Schendel, Charles Hofer, Donald Bibeault, Hugh O’Neill, Peter Grinyer, John Pearce, Vincent Barker and many other scholars. Practitioners such as Lee Iacocca and Al Dunlap also put forward general prescriptions. This body of knowledge shows that not all troubled

170 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Figure 1. Decline and recovery during economic recession 2007 – 2009

More than half of all firms listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange, since its inception in 1969, incurred losses and most failed to recover (Lawrence, 2011). All major areas of commerce were affected. In the small business sector, the rate of failure rivals the pace at which new ventures are created (Lawrence 2012). Failed attempts at turnaround have destroyed countless jobs and depleted organisational resources causing stress, paralysis and demise in some instances.

The literature on business turnaround spans four decades with important contributions from Dan Schendel, Charles Hofer, Donald Bibeault, Hugh O’Neill, Peter Grinyer, John Pearce, Vincent Barker and many other scholars. Practitioners such as Lee Iacocca and Al Dunlap also put

Page 172: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

168 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

firms can be saved. Turnaround is worthwhile attempting only if the going concern value of the business is substantially greater than its liquidation value (Hofer, 1980). This process of rejuvenation involves assessing the severity and source of organisational decline, resolving financial distress where necessary, choosing an appropriate strategy, increasing efficiency and sustaining the recovery over the long term. The process often unfolds in two overlapping phases that begin sequentially: decline-stemming, to halt the downturn, and performance recovery for restoring the growth momentum (Lawrence 2008). During the early 1990s, beverage manufacturer Desnoes and Geddes sold equity and non-core assets to obtain cash for debt reduction as a prelude to increasing export of Red Stripe beer.

Two critical questions must be answered in any turnaround situation. What are the options for coping with the problem? How should management choose and implement the correct set of remedies to suit a specific situation? This article offers insights on the answers based on data from firms publicly traded on the Jamaica Stock Exchange. The observations are used to develop a table of specifications for a one-semester higher education course on business turnaround management.

Recognising Organisational Decline

Organisational decline is a substantial absolute decrease in the resource base of the firm leading to business failure unless reversed. The onset of decline is often subtle with negative pressures not yet mentioned in routine company reports (Weitzel and Jonsson, 1989). Some early indicators of trouble include poor communications, replacement of substance with form and waning relations with customers or suppliers. The longer it takes managers to recognise decline and act correctly, the more severe the situation becomes and the greater the likelihood of adverse intervention by external agents (Gopinath 2005). Managers should scan the external environment and review internal systems and procedures to uncover conditions likely to affect the company’s long-term viability. Economic recession, product maturation and competition are common external sources of decline. During the mid to late 1970s, losses at Gleaner Company reflected cyclical contraction in consumer spending. During the early 1990s, Palace Amusement Company faced a near death situation when

Page 173: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

169Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline

customers’ taste shifted from traditional cinema entertainment to home-based alternatives such as satellite dish and cable television. In the mid-1990s, price competition eroded market share and profit at Courts Jamaica, the leading home furnishings retailer.

Internal sources of decline arise from ineffective strategies or operational inefficiencies. ICD Group, a Jamaica-based conglomerate, maintained a debt ratio of over 70%. This became too onerous in the early 1990s, a period of high interest rates and ongoing devaluation of the Jamaican dollar. Ciboney Group failed to generate sufficient revenues to cover substantial costs embedded in maintaining infrastructure and operations at this hotel resort in Jamaica. Food distributor, Bryden and Evelyn enjoyed robust sales growth but lost control of its accounts receivable. When assessing the severity of decline, managers should look not only at the extent of losses but also liquidity for funding recovery. This was the critical difference between Desnoes and Geddes and Courts Jamaica with the former in financial distress unable to pay all debts as they became due. More painful solutions such as insolvency are necessary to turnaround from severe decline. For non-financial organisations, the extent of decline may be measured as the ratio of net working capital to sales. Capital adequacy – measured as the ratio of shareholders’ equity to total assets – can indicate the severity of decline at financial institutions.

Resolving Financial Distress

When the firm has a cash crisis, management must urgently retrench assets and restructure debt to defer or shrink the burden to an affordable level (Altman and La Fleur 1981). The degree of success depends on support from creditors and ease of coordinating the effort. Turnaround is impossible if the balance sheet remains weak. All JSE firms attempting turnaround rescheduled or deferred debt. However, the firms that recovered from losses tend to be better able to divest assets, sell equity or refinance debt at lower rates of interest and longer periods of repayment.

Desnoes and Geddes divested non-core assets such as investments in West Indies Glass, Antigua Brewery, Jamaica Metal Lithographers and surplus lands. However, forced sale of assets often yields only a fraction of the proceeds possible under normal market conditions but may be necessary to

Page 174: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

170 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

stop cash erosion. For example, Salada Foods incurred a loss on the sale of Euro Latina Corporation after trying to use this Cuban-based subsidiary for turnaround by way of diversification. Sale and lease back of assets can raise money while retaining use, as was done by Caribbean Cement Company as part of its turnaround strategy in 1999.

Strategies for debt restructuring, such as rescheduling, sale of equity and refinancing, help to improve cash flow. Desnoes and Geddes and Salada Foods sold equity by way of Rights Issue to existing shareholders. The Financial Sector Structural Adjustment Company (FINSAC) refinanced debt owed by Salada Foods to reduce the interest rate from 16% to 12% and extended the period of repayment to 10 years. This example points to the need for Jamaica to develop its Insolvency Act, which focuses on company liquidation only; into a full bankruptcy code that facilitates rehabilitation of viable companies.

Analysis of Jamaica Stock Exchange yearbook data, for the period 1974 to 2000, revealed that both recovery and non-recovery firms engaged in a combination of strategies to relieve financial distress (Table 1). Debt rescheduling was the most popular strategy employed by both groups. However, asset retrenchment was the only significant difference between these two groups. Low assets constrain options for resolving financial distress and may be a reason for the higher rate of failure observed for small enterprises.

Page 175: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

171Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline

Table 1. Strategies for Resolving Financial Distress

** Significant difference (Mann-Whitney two-tailed test, p < . 10

Choosing Strategy

Managers must check to see if proposed strategies can mitigate the root cause of the problem. The source of decline is a symptom of the problem.

Courts Jamaica and Salada Foods realised that a change of strategy was not required. However, when the source of decline is external, the firm needs to change corporate or business strategy for better alignment between firm behaviour and its environment (O’Neill 1986; Schendel, Patton and Riggs 1976). Gleaner Company sold loss-making subsidiary, Sangster’s Book Store, to Carlong Publishers to refocus on its media business. Desnoes and Geddes refocused on its core strength, brewed products, by selling wines and spirits businesses, to the Lascelles de Mercado Group, and the soft drink business unit to Pepsi-Cola Puerto Rico.

174 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Table 1. Strategies for resolving financial distress

** Significant difference (Mann-Whitney two-tailed test, p < . 10

Strategy Focus Recovery Firms Non-Recovery Firms

23 Total Firms

8 Distressed Firms

21 Total Firms

18 Distressed Firms

Reschedule Defer debt 90% 83%

Retrenchassets**

Shrinkdebt

62% 26%

Sell equity Shrinkdebt

29% 13%

Refinance Transferdebt

19% 4%

Choosing Strategy

Managers must check to see if proposed strategies can mitigate the root cause of the problem. The source of decline is a symptom of the problem.

Courts Jamaica and Salada Foods realised that a change of strategy was not required. However, when the source of decline is external, the firm needs to change corporate or business strategy for better alignment between firm behaviour and its environment (O’Neill 1986; Schendel, Patton and Riggs 1976). Gleaner Company sold loss-making subsidiary, Sangster’s Book Store, to Carlong Publishers to refocus on its media business. Desnoes and Geddes refocused on its core strength, brewed products, by selling wines and spirits businesses, to the Lascelles de Mercado Group, and the soft drink business unit to Pepsi-Cola Puerto Rico.

Page 176: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

172 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

There are four fundamental strategies for business renewal (O’Neill 1986). Expansion is suitable when there is unmet consumer demand for which the firm has resources and can realise competitive advantage. Contraction is useful when the firm has underperforming assets and cash crisis. Restructuring is required if the firm has low competitiveness but core business strength. Stability is a strategy to combat low productivity if the firm has competitive advantage and resources. Eleven of the 25 JSE firms that recovered, between 1974 and 2011, adopted a stability strategy. Seven firms used cutback, five adopted expansion or growth and only two restructured portfolios. Balanced Scorecard

There must be congruence not only across the different levels of strategy but also among strategies and tactics or initiatives. The Balanced Scorecard helps to convert strategic objectives into Specific Measurable Attainable Realistic and Timely (SMART) projects or routine activities for effective and efficient execution (Kaplan and Norton 1990). In a turnaround situation, this tool helps management to focus scarce resources on the strategic initiatives that are most critical for recovery from decline. Figure 2 shows the strategic objectives, key performance indicators and strategic initiatives adopted by Desnoes and Geddes for turnaround during 1996 – 2001.

Page 177: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

173Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline

Figure 2. Desnoes and Geddes’ Strategy Map and Balanced Scorecard for Turnaround

Building Culture for Strategy Execution

The Vice President of Human Resources at Desnoes and Geddes stated ‘We had to learn to manage the process of change itself’ (Hall, 1999). For this change to happen, the firm must focus on both economic value and organisational culture. Organisational culture refers to the psychology, attitudes, experiences, beliefs and values emanating from the totality of people, systems and structures in place to implement strategies and tactics. Desnoes and Geddes prioritised its strategic initiatives based on expected impact, resources required and time for completion. The parent company, Guinness, set standards to guide performance within and across departments. Desnoes and Geddes used media releases to generate excitement about its projects including plant upgrading. Management had open lines of communication. Cross-functional teams were formed to expedite projects. Pay incentives were used to reinforce change. Upside risk was controlled by using the network and experience of Guinness to market Red Stripe beer overseas. To manage downside risk, Desnoes and Geddes maintained low debt ratios and strong liquidity. Importantly, management delivered on promises made to stakeholders.

176 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Figure 2. Desnoes and Geddes’ strategy map and Balanced Scorecard for turnaround

Building Culture for Strategy Execution

The Vice President of Human Resources at Desnoes and Geddes stated ‘We had to learn to manage the process of change itself’ (Hall, 1999). For this change to happen, the firm must focus on both economic value and organisational culture. Organisational culture refers to the psychology, attitudes, experiences, beliefs and values emanating from the totality of people, systems and structures in place to implement strategies and tactics.

Desnoes and Geddes prioritised its strategic initiatives based on expected impact, resources required and time for completion. The parent company, Guinness, set standards to guide performance within and across departments. Desnoes and Geddes used media releases to generate excitement about its projects including plant upgrading. Management had open lines of communication. Cross-functional teams were formed to

Page 178: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

174 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Increasing Efficiency

Increased operating efficiency seems necessary for business renewal. Firms may re-scope products or markets, reengineer processes or upgrade technology. Expansion of output can be done when sufficient resources are available but the firm must cutback if there is a deficiency. Courts Jamaica expanded the scope and scale of output by broadening its range of products with new items, such as personal computers and gym equipment, and increased its reach by adding more branches to its network of retail stores. Salada Foods reduced costs by shedding its sales and marketing department, the position of Financial Controller and cutback production staff.

Some firms improved technology. Courts Jamaica installed a new computerised system for managing inventory and Gleaner Company introduced new technology for circulating newspapers. Others improved supply chain throughput. Salada Foods replaced its sole distributor, JHG Mapp (Successors) Limited, with three firms – T. Geddes Grant (Dist.) Limited, Musson Jamaica Limited and Lasco Distributors Limited. For Desnoes and Geddes, Guinness took over the responsibility to market and distribute Red Stripe beer in the USA.

Generic Turnaround Patterns

Although firms may differ in respect of the nature of decline and actions for recovery, some general patterns of behaviour are evident. Salada Foods and Desnoes and Geddes used a combination of asset retrenchment and debt restructuring to resolve cash crisis. Gleaner Company and Desnoes and Geddes changed strategy to mitigate pressure from external sources of decline. All four firms took actions to increase efficiency albeit in different ways.

Courts Jamaica and Salada Foods are examples of operating turnaround requiring no change of corporate or business strategy. Gleaner Company and Desnoes and Geddes achieved strategic turnaround by making necessary adjustments to their business portfolios. Note also that turnaround takes time to achieve and can occur even during economic recession as with Courts Jamaica, Gleaner Company and Desnoes and Geddes.

Page 179: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

175Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline

Sustaining Recovery

To sustain recovery from decline, firms need to have a cushion of resources, called organisational slack, to absorb environmental jolts and fund strategy execution (Cyert and March 1963). Salada Foods took advantage of a Government-led programme for financial reorganisation to rebuild slack, measured as net working capital divided by sales, and this growth continued well beyond profit recovery. At Desnoes and Geddes, slack increased from a deficit position in 1995 to 16% by 1999. In 2001, the company received five years income tax holiday, from the Government of Jamaica, which helped to boost slack further to 28% by 2002. However, Desnoes and Geddes had a subsequent relapse with slack slipping to just 8% in 2005 and a deficit again by 2008 (Figure 3). Although the recent increase in the Special Consumption Tax has aggravated the problem, it is worth noting that marketing costs jumped from 5% of Revenues in 2002 to 11% by 2010 despite substantial sales growth. Desnoes and Geddes needed to repeat the process of business turnaround renewal but through a different route than before because, this time, the source of decline is internal (weak management of upside risk). The company needed to avoid overreaching financial resources and control downside risk by rebuilding organisational slack (which has 64% correlation with net return on assets).

Firms attempting turnaround also need to keep sales within the sustainable rate of growth defined as (ROE multiplied by B) divided by (1- ROE multiplied by B) where ROE is return on shareholders’ equity and B is retained earnings divided by net profit.

Page 180: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

176 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Figure 3. Turnaround and Relapse at Desnoes and Geddes

An Agenda for Higher Education

School of business and management may introduce business turnaround as an explicit segment of a core course such as strategy, finance and operations or as an elective course for one semester. Course materials should include relevant case studies, and textbooks such as Bibeault (1998) and Harvard Business Review on Turnarounds (2004). Table 2 specifies the content of a one-semester course, based on Bloom’s (1956) Taxonomy of learning outcomes in the cognitive domain, with suggested assignments and grading scheme. Skills in the cognitive domain pertain to knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis and evaluation.

Turnaround Strategies 179

Figure 3. Turnaround and relapse at Desnoes and Geddes

An Agenda for Higher Education

School of business and management may introduce business turnaround as an explicit segment of a core course such as strategy, finance and operations or as an elective course for one semester. Course materials should include relevant case studies, and textbooks such as Bibeault (1998) and Harvard Business Review on Turnarounds (2004). Table 2 specifies the content of a one-semester course, based on Bloom’s (1956) Taxonomy of learning outcomes in the cognitive domain, with suggested assignments and grading scheme. Skills in the cognitive domain pertain to knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis and evaluation.

Page 181: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

177Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from Decline

Table 2. Specifications for a One-Semester Course on Business Turnaround Management

Conclusion

Institutions of higher education in the Caribbean need to include business turnaround in core curricula to restore competitiveness and value for countries, companies and investors. Evidence from firms listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange suggests that prescriptions in the international literature are also relevant for the Caribbean region.

180 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Table 2. Specifications for a one-semester course on business turnaround management

Subjectcontent

Knowledge and Comprehension

Application Analysis,Synthesis

andEvaluation

TOTALS

Recognisingdecline 5% 5% 5% 15%Resolvingdistress

5% 10% 10% 25%

Choosingstrategy

10% 10% 10% 30%

Increasingefficiency

5% 5% 5% 15%

Sustainingrecovery

5% 5% 5% 15%

TOTALS 30% 35% 35% 100%Test Types Short Answers Essays Case studies

Conclusion

Institutions of higher education in the Caribbean need to include business turnaround in core curricula to restore competitiveness and value for countries, companies and investors. Evidence from firms listed on the Jamaica Stock Exchange suggests that prescriptions in the international literature are also relevant for the Caribbean region.

Page 182: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

178 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

References

Altman, E. I. and La Fleur, J. K. (1981) ‘Managing a Return to Financial Health’. Journal of Business Strategy, 2(1), 31- 38.

Bibeault, D. B. (1998) ‘Corporate Turnaround: How Managers Turn Losers Into Winners’. Washington, DC: Beard Books.Bloom, B., Englehart M., Furst, E., Hill, W.,and Krathwohl, D. (1956) Taxonomy of Educational Objectives: The Classification of

Educational Goals. Handbook I: Cognitive Domain. New York: Longmans Green.Butler, J. W., Atkins, P. A., and Ivester, E. (2010) ‘Managing in the “New Normal”: A Self-help Corporate Governance Program for Directors and Officers’. Navigating Today’s Environment, 45-51. Cyert, R. M. and March J. G. (1963) A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, New

Jersey: Prentice Hall. Gopinath, C. (2005) ‘Recognising Decline: The Role of Triggers’. Mid-American

Journal of Business, 20(1), 21-27.Hall, P. (1999) ‘Desnoes and Geddes stronger than ever’. Jamaica Sunday

Herald, September 12.Harvard Business School. (2004) ‘Harvard Business Review on Turnarounds’.Hofer, C., (1980) ‘Turnaround Strategies’. Journal of Business Strategy, 1(1), 19-31.Kaplan R. S. and Norton D. P. (1990) Balanced Scorecard, Boston: Harvard Business School Publishing.Lawrence, W. W. (2012) ‘Coping with External Pressures: A Note on SME Strategy’. Social and Economic Studies, 61(1), 161-170.Lawrence, W. W. (2011) ‘Correcting for the Future’. Industrial Engineer, 43(5), 26-31.Lawrence, W. W. (2008) ‘Turnaround: Increasing Operations Efficiency’. Industrial Management, 50(1), 8-12.O’Neill, H. M. (1986) ‘Turnaround and Recovery. What Strategy do you need?’ Long Range Planning, 19(1), 80-88.Schendel, D., Patton, G., and Riggs, J. (1976) ‘Corporate Turnaround Strategies: A Study of Profit Decline and Recovery’. Journal of General Management, 3 3-11.Weitzel, W., and Jonsson, E. (1989) ‘Decline in Organisations: A Literature Integration and Extension’. Administrative Science Quarterly, 34(1), 91-109.

Page 183: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Contributors

Joseann Knight - is a Lecturer in Management Studies, Department of Management Studies, University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus. Her areas of research include marketing, consumer behaviour, entrepreneurship, and teaching and learning in higher education.

Don Marshall - is a Senior Fellow and the Director of the Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, Cave Hill Campus. His current research projects focuses on, the globalisation phenomenon, offshore financial centres, scientific finance as a discourse, industrial policy issues, democracy and governance in the Eastern and wider Caribbean.

Winston Moore - is a Professor of Economics and Head of the Department of Economics, University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus. His recent research has examined the issues surrounding the green economy, private sector development as well as the economic impact of climate change on tourism.

Justin Carter - is an Economist in the Research and Economic Analysis Department. He heads the Fiscal Unit within the department and is responsible for all related output. He holds a BSc. Economics and Mathematics from the University of the West Indies and an MSc. in Economics from the University of Surrey. His research is usually macro in nature with a specific focus on public policy.

Latoya Lazarus - is a Research Fellow in the Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, The University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus. Her research interests include cititzenship studies, cultures and identities and the sociology of religion.

Diane Hoffman - is an Associate Professor at the University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia, USA. She is an anthropologist of education with specialisations in the anthropology of childhood and minority experiences in schooling. Since 2007, she has been doing research in Haiti, focusing on the experiences of out-of-school youth and children

179

Page 184: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

180 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Wendy C. Grenade - is a Lecturer in Political Science and the Deputy Dean (Outreach), Faculty of Social Sciences, the University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus. Her research interests include: comparative regionalisms, in particular the Caribbean Community, the Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS) and the European Union (EU); security studies with an emphasis on non-traditional security threats among small developing countries; governance and democracy; and politics in Grenada.

William Lawrence - is Director of the Professional Services Unit at Mona School of Business and Management, UWI. His field is strategic management and he has worked in the industry for over 25 years. His published research on business rehabilitation and transformation informs private and public organisations as well as government policy in the Caribbean. His popular book titled: ‘Business Renewal and Performance in Jamaica’ (UWI Press) provides a roadmap for rescuing any viable commercial enterprise from financial hardship.

Page 185: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies (JECS) Call for Papers:

Introducing ‘Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies (JECS)’

The Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies publishes high-quality articles from a range of disciplines and from trans-disciplinary perspectives, which seek to answer questions relevant to the experience of small states and Eastern Caribbean Countries. Particular attention will be given to papers that seek to compare experiences, within and across regions.

All articles published in JECS will be peer-reviewed. The following types of papers are considered for publication:

• Original articles in basic and applied research.• Critical reviews, surveys, opinions, commentaries and essays.

Our objective is to inform authors of the decision on their manuscript(s) within six (6) weeks of submission. Following acceptance, a paper will normally be published in the next issue. Please follow guidelines as set out under “Information for Contributors”

Samples of Past Essays Published in JECS:

Vol. 33 No. 1 March 2008Love for Mas: State Authority and Carnival Development in San Fernando, TrinidadBy Gabrielle Jamela Hosien

Vol. 34 No. 1 March 2009Socio-economic Determinants of Infant and Child Mortality in HaitiBy Ronald M. Gordon

Media Accounts of the Integrations and Settlement of ‘Island’ Immigrants in Anglophone CaribbeanBy Carl E. James

181

Page 186: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

182 Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Vol. 35 No. 2 June 2010 Gender Dynamics and Approaches to Sexuality as a Key to Well-BeingBy Annecka Marshall, Sajoya Alcott and Lorna Eaton

Vol. 36 No. 1, March 2011 – Reflecting on Development Outcomes: A Comparative Analysis of Barbados and GuyanaBy Kari Grenade and Denny Lewis-Bynoe

Vol. 37, No. 3 & 4 September/ December 2012 – Assessing the Potential of Diaspora TourismBy Sherma Roberts

Vol. 38, No. 3, September 2013 – ‘Saving for a Rainy Day’: Coping with Extreme Weather Events in Small Island Developing StatesBy Jonathan Lashley

Samples of Past Special Issues published in JECS:

Vol. 34 No. 4 December 2009 - Commemorating the Anniversary of the Conferment of the Noble Prize in Economics to Sir Arthur Lewis

Vol. 35 Nos. 3 & 4 September/December 2011 – Grenada Revolution: (30) Years After

Vol. 37 Nos. 3 & 4 September/December 2012 – Tourism, Culture and the Creative Industries: Exploring the Linkages

Vol. 38, No. 4 December 2013 – Ratification versus Adherence:The Plight of Caribbean Children

Page 187: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Information for Contributors

Presentation

Most articles submitted for publication should be less than 9000 words, with an abstract of no more than 100 words, setting out the main concerns and findings along with key words of the article. Authors should submit:

a. Two copies of manuscripts including references, with double-spaced typing on one side of each page only; andb. Brief biographical notes with full name and associated organisation, on a separate pagec. A copy of the article electronically in Microsoft Word.

It is assumed that authors will keep a copy of their paper. Address all communications and manuscript submissions to: The Managing Editor, Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies, Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BARBADOS. The telephone number is (246) 417-4478, the fax number is (246) 424-7291 and the email address is [email protected]. Upon acceptance of an article for publication contributors should again submit a copy electronically in Microsoft Word when all final alterations have been made from referees report.

Copyright

Contributors are reminded that the articles are accepted with the understanding that they do not in any way infringe on any existing copyright, and further, that the contributor or contributors will indemnify the publisher regarding any such breach. By submitting their manuscript, the authors agree that the exclusive rights to reproduce and distribute their articles have been given to the Publishers, including reprints, photographic reproductions, microfilm or any other similar reproductions.

Refereeing of Articles

All articles submitted to the Journal will be anonymously reviewed to determine their suitability for publication.The final decision regarding publication rests with the Editorial Committee. Unaccepted articles will not bereturned.

REFERENCES

References to other publications should be cited thus:a. References to articles:

Author’s name (last name followed by initials or first names); the year of publication in brackets; the title of the article (in single quotation marks); the name of the publication (in italics); volume number; issue number (in brackets) followed by a colon; then the page numbers. For an article in a newspaper:The name of the newspaper; the year (in brackets); the title of the article (in single quotation marks); the day and month (in brackets) followed by a colon; then the page number (s).

b. References to books, monographs or reports:Author’s name (last name followed by initials or first names); the year of publication in brackets; the titleof the book (in italics); place of publication (followed by a colon); name of publisher; page numbers ifappropriate.

Please do not abbreviate the titles of journals and the names of publishers.

CHARTS, DIAGRAMS, FIGURES AND TABLES

We prefer essays that can incorporate empirical findings in the overall discussion, rather than an excessive reliance on graphs, tables or appendices. If necessary, we would wish that these be kept to a minimum and be submitted on separate sheets of paper. Please be reminded however of the difficulties associated with reproducing such for our readership.

The Editorial staff reserves the right to make any corrections or alterations considered necessary. Authors willreceive two complimentary copies of the Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies.

Editorial Staff

Editor Dr. Don MarshallEditorial Assistant Mr. Jamal SmithPublications Secretary Ms. Jacqueline Thompson

Editorial Advisory Board

Prof. Sir Hilary Beckles Vice Chancellor, UWI, Regional Headquarters, Mona, Jamaica Prof. Jacqueline Braveboy-Wagner City College of New York, USA Prof. Simon Jones-Hendrickson University of the Virgin Islands, St. Thomas, USVI Prof. Andy Knight Director, UWI, Institute of International Relations, St. Augustine Campus, Trinidad & TobagoProf. Rhoda Reddock Deputy Principal, UWI, St. Augustine Campus, Trinidad & Tobago Dr. Delisle Worrell Governor, Central Bank of Barbados

Editorial Committee

Prof. Eudine Barriteau Principal, Pro Vice Chancellor, UWI Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosProf. Nlandu Mamingi Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosProf. Winston Moore Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosMs. Cynthia Barrow-Giles Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosProf. Curwen Best Faculty of Humanities and Education, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosMiss Beverley Hinds Librarian, SALISES, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosDr. Sherma Roberts Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosDr. Halimah Deshong Institute for Gender and Development Studies, Cave Hill Campus, BarbadosDr. Yanique Hume Faculty of Humanities and Education, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, Barbados

The Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies (JECS) is the leading social science journal covering theEastern Caribbean area. It is published tri-annually by the Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, University of the West Indies, Cave Hill Campus, in April, August and December. Established in 1975 as the Bulletin of Eastern Caribbean Affairs, it was upgraded to a full peer review academic journal from Volume 22, 1997. The JECS is concerned with scholarly and methodological inquiriesinto the political, social, economical, business and environmental challenges of the Eastern Caribbean and small states.

Air Mail by special arrangement

All enquiries should be directed to Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies, Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, University of the West Indies, P.O. Box 64, Bridgetown, Barbados: Tel: (246) 417-4478 Fax (246) 424-7291: Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.cavehill.uwi.edu/salises.

Cover design by Joy Maynard.

© 2015 All rights reserved.Sir Arthur Lewis Institute of Social and Economic Studies, UWI, Cave Hill Campus, Barbados

ISSN: 1028-8813

Subscription Rates are: Barbados BDS$115.00 rep volume BDS$29.00 per issueCaribbean US$82.00 rep volume US$21.00 per issueInternational rep volume US$27.00 per issueUS$105.00

Page 188: Articles Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 - JECS€¦ · 01/04/2015  · Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015 CONTENTS Vol. 40, No.

Journal of Eastern Caribbean Studies

Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015

Vol. 40, N

o. 1, April 2015

CONTENTS

Vol. 40, No. 1, April 2015

Articles

Can a Buy Local Campaign Save Barbados’ Manufacturing Industry ? Considering Dependency and Post-Colonial Consumption Theories

Joseann Knight

Public Policy Theory and Field Explorations in the Caribbean:Extending Critique of the State-of-the-Art

Don Marshall

Supporting the Growth of Service Exports in the CaribbeanWinston Moore and Justin Carter

Sexual Citizenship and Conservative Christian Mobilisation in JamaicaLatoya Lazarus

Public Policy Lecture

Marginal or Mainstream? What Can Out-of-School Youth in Haiti Teach us about Development Policies?

Diane M. Hoffman

Book Review

The Gairy Movement: A History of Grenada, 1947-1997Wendy C. Grenade

Commentary

Turnaround Strategies for Business Recovery from DeclineWilliam Lawrence

Contributors

Call for Papers – JECS